Manulife Financial 40F 2018 Annual report | MFC Filing

Exhibit 99.2

LOGO

Manulife Financial Corporation

Management’s Discussion & Analysis

For the year ended December 31, 2018

Caution regarding forward-looking statements

From time to time, Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including in this document. In addition, our representatives may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions of Canadian provincial securities laws and the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

The forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to the Company’s strategic priorities and 2022 targets for net promoter score, employee engagement, its highest potential businesses, expense efficiency and portfolio optimization; thereduction in the allocation to alternative long-duration assets in our portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy business bymid-2019; and the annualpre-taxrun-rate savings to be achieved by the end of 2019,and also relate to, among other things, our objectives, goals, strategies, intentions, plans, beliefs, expectations and estimates, and can generally be identified by the use of words such as “may”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “would”, “likely”, “suspect”, “outlook”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “plan”, “forecast”, “objective”, “seek”, “aim”, “continue”, “goal”, “restore”, “embark” and “endeavour” (or the negative thereof) and words and expressions of similar import, and include statements concerning possible or assumed future results. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, such statements involve risks and uncertainties, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements and they should not be interpreted as confirming market or analysts’ expectations in any way.

Certain material factors or assumptions are applied in making forward-looking statements and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations include but are not limited to: general business and economic conditions (including but not limited to the performance, volatility and correlation of equity markets, interest rates, credit and swap spreads, currency rates, investment losses and defaults, market liquidity and creditworthiness of guarantors, reinsurers and counterparties); changes in laws and regulations; changes in accounting standards applicable in any of the territories in which we operate; changes in regulatory capital requirements; our ability to execute strategic plans and changes to strategic plans; downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings; our ability to maintain our reputation; impairments of goodwill or intangible assets or the establishment of provisions against future tax assets; the accuracy of estimates relating to morbidity, mortality and policyholder behaviour; the accuracy of other estimates used in applying accounting policies, actuarial methods and embedded value methods; our ability to implement effective hedging strategies and unforeseen consequences arising from such strategies; our ability to source appropriate assets to back our long-dated liabilities; level of competition and consolidation; our ability to market and distribute products through current and future distribution channels; unforeseen liabilities or asset impairments arising from acquisitions and dispositions of businesses; the realization of losses arising from the sale of investments classified asavailable-for-sale; our liquidity, including the availability of financing to satisfy existing financial liabilities on expected maturity dates when required; obligations to pledge additional collateral; the availability of letters of credit to provide capital management flexibility; accuracy of information received from counterparties and the ability of counterparties to meet their obligations; the availability, affordability and adequacy of reinsurance; legal and regulatory proceedings, including tax audits, tax litigation or similar proceedings; our ability to adapt products and services to the changing market; our ability to attract and retain key executives, employees and agents; the appropriate use and interpretation of complex models or deficiencies in models used; political, legal, operational and other risks associated with ournon-North American operations; acquisitions and our ability to complete acquisitions including the availability of equity and debt financing for this purpose; the disruption of or changes to key elements of the Company’s or public infrastructure systems; environmental concerns; our ability to protect our intellectual property and exposure to claims of infringement; and our inability to withdraw cash from subsidiaries.

Additional information about material risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations and about material factors or assumptions applied in making forward-looking statements may be found in this document under “Risk Management”, “Risk Factors” and “Critical Accounting and Actuarial Policies” and in the “Risk Management” note to the Consolidated Financial Statements as well as elsewhere in our filings with Canadian and U.S. securities regulators. The forward-looking statements in this document are, unless otherwise indicated, stated as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting investors and others in understanding our financial position and results of operations, our future operations, as well as our objectives and strategic priorities, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. We do not undertake to update anyforward-looking statements, except as required by law.

Manulife Financial Corporation 2018 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Table of Contents


	10			Management’s Discussion and Analysis
	10			Manulife Financial Corporation
	17			Asia
	20			Canada
	23			U.S.
	26			Global Wealth and Asset Management
	29			Corporate and Other
	31			Investments
	36			Risk Management
	55			Capital Management Framework
	58			Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies
	70			Risk Factors
	86			Controls and Procedures
	87			Performance and Non-GAAP Measures
	91			Additional Disclosures

Manulife Financial Corporation 2018 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is current as of February 13, 2019.

Manulife Financial Corporation

Manulife Financial Corporation is a leading international financial services group that helps people make their decisions easier and lives better. We operate as John Hancock in the United States and Manulife elsewhere. We provide financial advice, insurance, as well as wealth and asset management solutions for individuals, groups and institutions. At the end of 2018, we had more than 34,000 employees, over 82,000 agents, and thousands of distribution partners, serving almost 28 million customers. At the end of 2018, we had $1.1 trillion (US$794 billion) in assets under management and administration, and during 2018, we made $29.0 billion in payments to our customers. Our principal operations are in Asia, Canada and the United States where we have served customers for more than 100 years. With our global headquarters in Toronto, Canada, we trade as ‘MFC’ on the Toronto, New York, and the Philippine stock exchanges, and under ‘945’ in Hong Kong.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company introduced Global Wealth and Asset Management as a primary reporting segment. This change reflected organizational changes made to drive better alignment with our strategic priorities as well as to increase focus and leverage scale in our global wealth and asset management businesses.

Our reporting segments are:

^∎

Asia – providing insurance products and insurance-based wealth accumulation products in Asia.

^∎

Canada – providing insurance products, insurance-based wealth accumulation products, and banking services in Canada.

^∎

U.S. – providing life insurance products, insurance-based wealth accumulation products, digital advice solutions, and administeringin-force long-term care insurance and our annuity businesses in the U.S.

^∎

Global Wealth and Asset Management (“Global WAM”) – providingfee-based wealth solutions to our retail, retirement and institutional customers around the world.

^∎

Corporate and Other – comprised of investment performance on assets backing capital, net of amounts allocated to operating segments; financing costs; costs incurred by the corporate office related to shareholder activities (not allocated to operating segments); our Property and Casualty (“P&C”) Reinsurance business; andrun-off reinsurance business lines.

In this document, the terms “Company”, “Manulife”, “we” and “our” mean Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) and its subsidiaries. The term “MLI” means The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries.

In 2018, we executed against the five priorities of our strategy that we outlined in late 2017 and at our Investor Day in June. Progress made on each of these priorities is described in the “Strategic Highlights” section below.

Profitability


As at and for the years ended December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018		2017		2016
Net income attributed to shareholders	$	4,800	$	2,104	$	2,929
Core earnings⁽¹⁾	$	5,610	$	4,565	$	4,021
Diluted earnings per common share ($)	$	2.33	$	0.98	$	1.41
Diluted core earnings per common share ($)⁽¹⁾	$	2.74	$	2.22	$	1.96
Return on common shareholders’ equity (“ROE”)		11.6%		5.0%		7.3%
Core ROE⁽¹⁾		13.7%		11.3%		10.1%
Expense efficiency ratio⁽¹⁾		52.0%		55.4%		59.3%

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

Our net income attributed to shareholders was $4.8 billion in 2018 compared with $2.1 billion in 2017. Net income attributed to shareholders is comprised of core earnings¹(consisting of items we believe reflect the underlying earnings capacity of the business), which amounted to $5.6 billion in 2018 compared with $4.6 billion in 2017, and items excluded from core earnings of $0.8 billion of net charges in 2018 compared with $2.5 billion of net charges in 2017.

Net income attributed to shareholders was $4.8 billion in 2018, an increase of $2.7 billion compared with 2017. The increase was due to thenon-recurrence of the $2.8 billion charge in 2017 related to the impact of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”) and our decision to change the portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses as well as strong core earnings growth, partially offset by charges in 2018 primarily related to the direct impact of equity markets.

The $1.0 billion increase in core earnings compared with 2017 was driven by improved policyholder experience and thenon-recurrence of 2017’s hurricane-related charges in our P&C business, business growth in Asia and Global WAM, the impact of lower U.S. tax rates, and greater expense efficiency. These were partially offset by lower gains from the release of provisions for

¹	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

10 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

uncertain tax positions and the unfavourable impact of markets, in 2018, on seed money investments in new segregated and mutual funds. Core earnings in 2018 included policyholder experience gains of $38 millionpost-tax ($64 millionpre-tax) compared with charges of $168 millionpost-tax ($227 millionpre-tax) in 2017.¹

Actions to optimize our portfolio and to put our capital to best use have an impact on core earnings until such time as the capital benefit is redeployed. In 2018, we estimate the impact on core earnings of reducing the allocation of alternative long-duration assets (“ALDA”) in our portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses and of the reinsurance transactions in 2018 related to legacy businesses to be a reduction of approximately $65 million and expect a further impact on 2019 core earnings of approximately $100 million.²

As noted in the table below, we reported double-digit core earnings growth across all operating segments. See Asia, Canada, U.S., and Global WAM sections below.


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			% change⁽¹⁾
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2018 vs 2017		2016
Core earnings⁽²⁾
Asia	$	1,749		$	1,453			20	$	1,321
Canada		1,356			1,209			12		1,191
U.S.		1,830			1,609			14		1,317
Global Wealth and Asset Management		986			816			21		662
Corporate and Other (excluding core investment gains)		(711	)		(922	)		23		(667	)
Core investment gains⁽³⁾		400			400			–		197
Total core earnings	$	5,610		$	4,565			23	$	4,021

⁽¹⁾	Percentage change is on a constant exchange rate basis. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽³⁾	See note (2) in the table below.

The table below reconciles 2018, 2017 and 2016 net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings and provides further details for each of the items excluded from core earnings.


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Core earnings⁽¹⁾	$	5,610		$	4,565		$	4,021
Items excluded from core earnings
Investment-related experience outside of core earnings⁽²⁾		200			167			–
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities⁽³⁾(see table below)		(857	)		209			(484	)
Change in actuarial methods and assumptions⁽⁴⁾		(51	)		(35	)		(453	)
Impact related to U.S. Tax Reform⁽⁵⁾		124			(1,777	)		–
Charge related to decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses⁽⁶⁾		–			(1,032	)		–
Restructuring charge⁽⁷⁾		(263	)		–			–
Reinsurance transactions and other⁽⁸⁾		37			7			(155	)
Total items excluded from core earnings		(810	)		(2,461	)		(1,092	)
Net income attributed to shareholders	$	4,800		$	2,104		$	2,929

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾

In accordance with our definition of core earnings, we include up to $400 million of net favourable investment-related experience reported in a single year, as core investment gains (see “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below). Items excluded from core earnings include net investment-related experience in excess of $400 million per annum or net unfavourable investment-related experience on ayear-to-date basis. In 2018, we generated investment-related experience gains of $600 million, reflecting the favourable impact of fixed income reinvestment activities on the measurement of our policy liabilities and strong credit experience, partially offset by lower than expected returns (including changes in fair value) on alternative long-duration assets (“ALDA”), including oil & gas in the fourth quarter. In 2017, we generated investment-related experience gains of $567 million, reflecting the favourable impact of fixed income reinvestment activities on the measurement of our policy liabilities and strong credit experience, partially offset by lower than expected returns (including changes in fair value) on ALDA.

⁽³⁾

The direct impact of equity markets and interest rates is relative to our policy liability valuation assumptions and includes changes to interest rate assumptions, as well as experience gains and losses on derivatives associated with our macro equity hedges. We also include gains and losses on the sale of AFS debt securities as management may have the ability to partially offset the direct impacts of changes in interest rates reported in the liability segments. Additional information related to the charge in 2018 and gain in 2017 are included in the table below.

⁽⁴⁾

The impact of our review of actuarial methods and assumptions in 2018 resulted in a net charge to net income attributed to shareholders of $51 million. Reserves were strengthened for policyholder experience assumptions and we recorded a net favourable impact from the review of investment assumptions and other updates. (See “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Review of Actuarial Methods and Assumptions” section below for further information on the 2018 and 2017 charges.

⁽⁵⁾	The 2017 charge of $1.8 billion related to the impact of U.S. Tax Reform, which lowered the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and placed limits on the tax deductibility of reserves. In 2018 we updated our estimate and reported a gain of $124 million.

⁽⁶⁾	The 2017 charge reflected a $1.0 billionpost-tax charge related to our decision to reduce the allocation to ALDA in our portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses.

⁽⁷⁾

The 2018 charge of $263 million primarily related to the voluntary exit program in our Canadian operation transformation program and to our North American voluntary early retirement program as well as costs to optimize our real estate footprint in the U.S. and Canada. For further information on the restructuring change see “Strategic Highlights” below.

⁽⁸⁾

The 2018 gain of $37 million includes a gain resulting from external reinsurance transactions partially offset by a provision for a legal settlement in the U.S. and a charge related to the integration of businesses acquired from Standard Chartered and Standard Life plc. The 2017 net gain of $7 million included a gain resulting from an internal legal entity restructuring partially offset by a provision for a legal settlement, Thailand operations restructuring charges, early redemption costs on debt retirements and costs related to the integration of businesses acquired from Standard Chartered and Standard Life plc. The 2016 charge of $155 million includes restructuring charges for our long-term care business in the U.S., our Indonesia operations and the closure of our technology shared service centre in Malaysia and charge related to the integration of New York Life’s (“NYL”) Retirement Plan Services business, partially offset by a gain with respect to one of the Company’s pension plans.

¹	Effective 2018, policyholder experience is being reported excluding minority interest. Comparative prior periods have been updated.

²	See “Caution related to forward-looking statements” above.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 11

The net gain (loss) related to the direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities in the table above is attributable to:


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Direct impact of equity markets and variable annuity guarantee liabilities⁽¹⁾	$	(928	)	$	533		$	(364	)
Fixed income reinvestment rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities⁽²⁾		354			(200	)		(335	)
Sale of AFS bonds and derivative positions in the Corporate and Other segment		(283	)		(41	)		370
Risk reduction related items⁽³⁾		–			(83	)		(155	)
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities	$	(857	)	$	209		$	(484	)

⁽¹⁾

In 2018, the net loss of $928 million included a loss of $1,718 million from gross equity exposure, partially offset by gain of $767 million from dynamic hedging experience and $23 million from macro hedge experience. In 2017, the net gain of $533 million included a gain of $1,486 million from gross equity exposure, partially offset by charges of $892 million from dynamic hedging experience and $61 million from macro hedge experience.

⁽²⁾

In 2018, the $354 million gain for fixed income reinvestment assumptions was driven primarily by the increases in corporate spreads which resulted in an increase in the reinvestment yields on future fixed income purchases assumed in the measurement of policy liabilities partially offset by movement in risk free rates and increases in swap spreads that resulted in a decrease in the fair value of our swaps. In 2017, the $200 million charge was driven by decreases in corporate spreads which resulted in a decline in the reinvestment yields on future fixed income purchases assumed in the measurement of policy liabilities and increases in swap spreads that resulted in a decrease in the fair value of our swaps.

⁽³⁾	There were no specific actions in 2018. In 2017, we expanded our dynamic hedging program in Japan.

Earnings per common share

Diluted earnings per common share was $2.33 in 2018, compared with $0.98 in 2017. Diluted core earnings per common share was $2.74 in 2018, compared with $2.22 in 2017. The changes in these measures were related to the increase in both net income and core earnings, respectively. The diluted weighted average common shares outstanding was 1,988 million in 2018 and 1,986 million in 2017.

Return on common shareholders’ equity

Return on common shareholders’ equity (“ROE”) for 2018 was 11.6%, compared with 5.0% for 2017 and core return on shareholders’ equity (“core ROE”)¹ was 13.7% in 2018 compared with 11.3% in 2017. The changes were driven by increased earnings. Average common equity increased 2% to $39.8 billion in 2018 from $38.9 billion in 2017.

Expense efficiency ratiowas 52.0% for 2018, compared with 55.4% in 2017. Growth of general expenses included in core earnings was 3%, whilepre-tax core earnings grew 19%, resulting in the 3.4 percentage point improvement in our expense efficiency ratio.

Growth

Growth metrics


As at and for the years ended December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018		2017		2016
Asia APE sales	$	4,012	$	3,747	$	3,307
Canada APE sales		975		1,366		978
U.S. APE sales		553		603		608
Total APE sales⁽¹⁾		5,540		5,716		4,893
Asia new business value		1,443		1,201		998
Canada new business value		207		191		139
U.S. new business value		98		51		59
Total new business value⁽¹⁾		1,748		1,443		1,196
Wealth and asset management gross flows ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		119.0		122.0		118.2
Wealth and asset management net flows ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		1.6		18.3		16.5
Wealth and asset management assets under management and administration ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		608.8		609.0		554.1
Total assets under management and administration ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		1,083.5		1,071.3		1,004.8

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

Annualized premium equivalent (“APE”) sales¹ were $5,540 billion in 2018, a decrease of 3%² compared with 2017. In Asia, APE sales increased 6% in 2018 compared with 2017 driven by growth in most markets, including a 20% growth in sales through DBS Bank. 2018 APE sales in Japan declined 3% compared with 2017, as the impact of competitive pressure during the first half of the year was largely offset by strong sales of our newly-launched corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) term product in the second half of the year. Hong Kong APE sales increased 11% in 2018 compared with 2017, driven by growth in both our agency and bancassurance channels. Asia Other³ APE sales in 2018 increased 13% compared with 2017 as higher sales of protection products were partially offset by lower sales of single premium investment-linked products, reflecting market volatility in 2018. In Canada, 2018 APE sales declined 29% compared with 2017, due to lower large-case group insurance sales. Canadian Individual insurance sales were in line with 2017 as benefits from the launch of Manulife Par offset the impact of price increases in the prior year. In the U.S., APE sales declined 8% in 2018 compared with 2017 driven by increased competition in the international high net worth segment and actions to maintain margins.

¹	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

Percentage growth / declines in APE sales, gross flows, NBV, assets under management and administration, core earnings, assets under management and core EBITDA are stated on a constant exchange rate basis. Constant exchange rate basis is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

³	Asia Other excludes Japan and Hong Kong.

12 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

New business value (“NBV”)¹ was $1.7 billion in 2018, an increase of 20% compared with 2017. In Asia, NBV increased 19% from 2017 to $1.4 billion due to higher sales, scale benefits and a favourable business mix. Canada NBV increased 8% to $207 million as the benefits from the launch of Manulife Par and product repricing were partially offset by lower group insurance sales. U.S. NBV increased 90% to $98 million driven by product repricing to improve margins.

WAM gross flows¹ were $119 billion in 2018, a decrease of 2% compared with 2017. The decrease was mainly driven by a slowdown in U.S. retail gross flows amid equity market declines and lower gross flows in mainland China from retail money market funds. This was partially offset by growth of $5.4 billion in institutional asset management driven by the launch of the John Hancock Infrastructure Fund and a real estate separately managed account, and the funding of two large fixed income mandates.

WAM net flows¹ were $1.6 billion in 2018, compared with $18.3 billion in 2017. Net flows in Asia were $5.7 billion in 2018 compared with net flows of $6.6 billion in 2017, driven by lower gross flows in mainland China from retail money market funds. Net flows in Canada were $2.0 billion in 2018 compared with net flows of $3.7 billion in 2017, driven by higher retail redemptions. Net flows in the U.S. were negative $6.1 billion in 2018 compared with positive net flows of $7.9 billion in 2017, driven by higher retail redemptions amid the declines in equity markets.

Assets under Management and Administration (“AUMA”)¹

AUMAas at December 31, 2018 was $1,084 billion as at December 31, 2018, a decrease of 5%, compared with December 31, 2017, primarily due to the challenging macro-economic conditions in the fourth quarter of 2018. The Global Wealth and Asset Management portion of AUMA as at December 31, 2018 was $609 billion, a decrease of 6%, compared with December 31, 2017, driven by the same reason.

Assets under Management and Administration


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016
General fund	$	353,664	$	334,222	$	321,869
Segregated funds net assets⁽¹⁾		313,209		324,307		315,177
Mutual funds, institutional asset management and other^(1),(2)		292,200		289,559		255,685
Total assets under management		959,073		948,088		892,731
Other assets under administration		124,449		123,188		112,072
Total assets under management and administration	$	1,083,522	$	1,071,276	$	1,004,803

⁽¹⁾	Segregated fund assets, mutual fund assets and other funds are not available to satisfy the liabilities of the Company’s general fund.

⁽²⁾	Other funds represent pension funds, pooled funds, endowment funds and other institutional funds managed by the Company on behalf of others.

Revenue

Revenue includes (i) premiums received on life and health insurance policies and fixed annuity products, net of premiums ceded to reinsurers; (ii) investment income comprised of income earned on general fund assets, credit experience and realized gains and losses on assets held in the Corporate segment; (iii) fee and other income received for services provided; and (iv) realized and unrealized gains and losses on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on our macro hedging program. Premium equivalents from administrative services only (“ASO”), as well as deposits received by the Company on investment contracts such as segregated funds, mutual funds and managed funds are not included in revenue; however, the Company does receive fee income from these products, which is included in revenue. Fees generated from deposits and ASO premium and deposit equivalents are an important part of our business and as a result, revenue does not fully represent sales and other activity taking place during the respective periods.

For 2018, revenue before realized and unrealized investment gains and losses was $48.0 billion compared with $52.6 billion in 2017. The decrease was due to the net impact on ceded premiums of reinsuring a block of our legacy U.S. individual pay-out annuity business in 2018 and a change to a reinsurance agreement in Canada Group Benefits, partially offset by business growth in Asia.

In 2018, the net realized and unrealized investment losses on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on the macro hedging program were $9.0 billion compared with a gain of $5.7 billion for full year 2017. The full year 2018 loss largely resulted from interest rate increases in both North America and Asia. Additional losses were driven by declining equity markets as all major indices were down during the year. In 2017, the net realized and unrealized investment gains on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on the macro hedging program were $5.7 billion, primarily driven by thedecline in Canadian, U.S. and Hong Kong interest rates.

See “Impact of Fair Value Accounting” below.

¹	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 13

Revenue


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Gross premiums	$	39,150		$	36,361		$	36,659
Premiums ceded to reinsurers		(15,138	)		(8,151	)		(9,027	)
Net premium income		24,012			28,210			27,632
Investment income		13,560			13,649			13,390
Other revenue		10,428			10,746			11,181
Revenue before realized and unrealized investment gains and losses		48,000			52,605			52,203
Realized and unrealized investment gains and losses on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on the macro hedge program		(9,028	)		5,718			1,134
Total revenue	$	38,972		$	58,323		$	53,337

Financial Strength

Financial strength metrics


As at and for the years ended December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018		2017		2016
MLI’s LICAT total ratio⁽¹⁾		143%		n/a		n/a
Financial leverage ratio		28.6%		30.3%		29.5%
Consolidated capital	$	56,010	$	50,659	$	50,235
Book value per common share ($)	$	21.38	$	18.89	$	19.37
Book value per common share excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) ($)	$	18.23	$	16.83	$	16.66

⁽¹⁾	The Life Insurance Capital Adequacy Test (“LICAT”) framework replaced the Minimum Continuing Capital and Surplus Requirements (“MCCSR”) framework on January 1, 2018.

The Life Insurance Capital Adequacy Test (“LICAT”) total ratio for MLI was 143% as at December 31, 2018, compared with a supervisory target of 100%. As this was the first year of the Office of Superintendent of Financial Institutions’ new LICAT framework, replacing the Minimum Continuing Capital and Surplus framework, there are no prior year comparatives. See the “Capital Management Framework – Regulatory Capital Position” section below.

Consolidated capital

Consolidated capital¹ was $56.0 billion as at December 31, 2018 compared with $50.7 billion as at December 31, 2017, an increase of approximately $5.3 billion. The increase from December 31, 2017 was primarily driven by net income attributed to shareholders net of dividends paid of $2.9 billion, net capital issuances of approximately $100 million consisting of net subordinated debt and preferred shares issuances less the net impact of share buybacks and issuance of shares for the dividend reinvestment program (as senior debt is not included in the definition of capital, the $400 million of senior debt redeemed in 2018 did not impact the change in capital), and the net increase in AOCI. The net increase in AOCI was due to a weaker Canadian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the impact of higher interest rates and lower equity markets on assets classified as AFS.

MFC’s financial leverage ratio decreased to 28.6% as at December 31, 2018 from 30.3% as at December 31, 2017, driven by the increase of $5.0 billion in equity, supported by earnings and the impact of a weaker Canadian dollar compared with the U.S. dollar.

Book value per common share

Book value per common share as at December 31, 2018 was $21.38, an increase of 13% compared with $18.89 as at December 31, 2017, and the book value per common share excluding AOCI was $18.23 as at December 31, 2018, an increase of 8% compared with $16.83 as at December 31, 2017. The increase in the book value per common share is due to the $5.0 billion increase in equity which included a $2.1 billion increase in AOCI. The number of common shares outstanding was 1,971 million as at December 31, 2018 and was 1,982 million as at December 31, 2017.

Impact of Fair Value Accounting

Fair value accounting policies affect the measurement of both our assets and our liabilities. The difference between the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities determined as of the balance sheet date and the immediately preceding balance sheet date in accordance with the applicablemark-to-market accounting principles is reported as investment-related experience and the direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantees, each of which impacts net income.

We reported $9.0 billion of net realized and unrealized investment losses in investment income in 2018 (2017 – gains of $5.7 billion).

As outlined under “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies” below, net insurance contract liabilities under IFRS are determined using Canadian Asset Liability Method (“CALM”), as required by the Canadian Institute of Actuaries (“CIA”). The measurement of policy liabilities includes the estimated value of future policyholder benefits and settlement obligations to be paid over the term remaining on

¹	This item is aNon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

14 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

in-force policies, including the costs of servicing the policies, reduced by the future expected policy revenues and future expected investment income on assets supporting the policies. Investment returns are projected using the current asset portfolios and projected reinvestment strategies. Experience gains and losses are reported when current period activity differs from what was assumed in the policy liabilities at the beginning of the period. We classify gains and losses by assumption type. For example, current period investing activities that increase (decrease) the future expected investment income on assets supporting the policies will result in an investment-related experience gain (loss). See description of investment-related experience in “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

As noted in “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Future Accounting and Reporting Changes” below, IFRS 17 is expected to replace IFRS 4, and therefore CALM, in 2022 and will materially change the recognition and measurement of insurance contracts and the corresponding presentation and disclosures in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and MD&A. While there are many differences, two items of note are:

^∎

Under IFRS 17, the discount rate used to estimate the present value of insurance liabilities is based on the characteristics of the liability, whereas under CALM, as outlined below (“Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Determination of Policy Liabilities – Investment Returns”), we use the returns in the current and projected assets supporting the policy liabilities to value the liabilities. The difference in the discount rate approach also impacts the timing of investment-related experience earnings emergence. As outlined in the “Performance andNon-GAAP measures” section below, under CALM, investment-related experience includes investment experience and the impact of investing activities. Under IFRS 17, the impact of investing activities will emerge over the life of the new asset.

^∎

Under IFRS 17, new business gains are recorded on the balance sheet and amortized into income as the services are provided. Under CALM, new business gains (and losses) are recognized in income immediately. In 2018, we reported $746 million(post-tax) of new business gains in net income attributed to shareholders (2017—$680 million).

Public Equity Risk and Interest Rate Risk

At December 31, 2018, the impact of a 10% decline in equity markets was estimated to be a charge of $680 million and the impact of a 50 basis point decline in interest rates, across all durations and markets, on our earnings was estimated to be a charge of $100 million. See “Risk Management” and “Risk Factors” below.

Impact of Foreign Exchange Rates

We have worldwide operations, including in Canada, the United States and various markets in Asia, and generate revenues and incur expenses in local currencies in these jurisdictions, all of which are translated into Canadian dollars. The bulk of our exposure to foreign exchange rates is to movements in the U.S. dollar.

Items impacting our Consolidated Statements of Income are translated to Canadian dollars using average exchange rates for the respective quarterly period. For items impacting our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, period end rates are used for currency translation purpose. The following table provides the most relevant foreign exchange rates for 2018 and 2017.


Exchange rate	Quarterly										Full Year
Exchange rate	4Q18		3Q18		2Q18		1Q18		4Q17		2018		2017
Average⁽¹⁾
U.S. dollar		1.3204		1.3070		1.2912		1.2647		1.2712		1.2958		1.2980
Japanese yen		0.0117		0.0117		0.0118		0.0117		0.0113		0.0117		0.0116
Hong Kong dollar		0.1687		0.1666		0.1645		0.1616		0.1628		0.1654		0.1666
Period end
U.S. dollar		1.3642		1.2945		1.3168		1.2894		1.2545		1.3642		1.2545
Japanese yen		0.0124		0.0114		0.0119		0.0121		0.0111		0.0124		0.0111
Hong Kong dollar		0.1742		0.1654		0.1678		0.1643		0.1605		0.1742		0.1605

⁽¹⁾	Average rates for the quarter are from Bank of Canada which are applied against Consolidated Statements of Income items for each period. Average rate for the full year is a4-point average of the quarterly average rates.

Net income attributed to shareholders and core earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are translated to Canadian dollars, and in general, our net income attributed to shareholders and core earnings benefit from a weakening Canadian dollar and are adversely affected by a strengthening Canadian dollar. However, in a period of losses, the weakening of the Canadian dollar has the effect of increasing the losses. The relative impact of foreign exchange in any given period is driven by the movement of currency rates as well as the proportion of earnings generated in our foreign operations.

Changes in foreign exchange rates had no material impact on core earnings in 2018 compared with 2017. The impact of foreign currency on items excluded from core earnings does not provide relevant information given the nature of these items.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 15

Strategic Highlights

In 2018, Manulife continued to execute against our five priorities and ambition of becoming the most digital and customer-centric global company in our industry and delivering top quartile shareholder return.

To optimize our portfolio and put our capital to best use we have set a target to release $5 billion of capital related to our North American legacy businesses by 2022. Our North American legacy businesses include the U.S. long-term care business, most variable annuity business, closed blocks of life insurance, and closed blocks of fixed products.

In 2018, we released $3.0 billion of capital and have announced initiatives that when fully executed are expected to release a further $0.7 billion in 2019¹. Of the $3.0 billion of capital released in 2018, $1.9 billion related to a reduction in the allocation to ALDA in the portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy business, and $1.1 billion was from reinsurance and other actions in our North American legacy businesses ($0.6 billion in the U.S. and $0.5 billion in Canada). The reduction in the allocation to ALDA in our portfolio asset mix was the result of our decision announced in December 2017 to free up approximately $2 billion in capital over12-18 months in our portfolio. We expect to achieve the full reduction bymid-2019.¹

To aggressively manage our costs to be competitive and create value we are focused on a wide range of opportunities to simplify and digitize our processes and leverage scale to drive cost savings. In 2018, we announced initiatives that we expect to deliver annualpre-taxrun-rate savings of over $300 million, the vast majority of which are to be achieved by the end of 2019. The initiatives included a voluntary exit program as part of our Canadian operations transformation program and a voluntary retirement program for eligible staff in North America. We also commenced the optimization of our real estate foot print in the U.S. and Canada and launched a multi-year IT outsourcing initiative in the U.S. In addition, aligned with improving our employee engagement and customer experience, we commenced a number of initiatives designed to improve processes and customer experience while also reducing costs.

We have set a target to achieve a 50% expense efficiency ratio and approximately $1 billion in expense savings and avoidance by 2022. In 2018, our expense efficiency ratio was 52% and we achieved expense savings and avoidance of $300 million. While we are pleased that we have managed expense growth to less than half of historic levels, it is still early in our expense efficiency journey and the ratio will fluctuate as we invest in our strategic and regulatory initiatives and execute on our expense efficiency actions.

To accelerate growth in our highest potential businesses, (Asia, Global WAM, group insurance in Canada, and behavioural insurance products), we are focused on a number of initiatives to expand our distribution network, products and services. For example, with respect to behavioural insurance, in 2018 we: launched our ManulifeMOVE program in Singapore; increased the number of ManulifeMOVE eligible products and distributors in Hong Kong and mainland China; expanded the Manulife Vitality program to all Individual Family Term products and announced the Group Insurance Manulife Vitality program in Canada; and launched John Hancock Vitality GO on all life insurance policies in the U.S. Other growth initiatives for each segment are outlined in the “Strategic Highlights” section of each segment below.

We have set a target to generatetwo-thirds of core earnings from high potential businesses by 2022. In 2018, these businesses generated over 55% of our core earnings.

To put customers first we are implementing a number of customer-centric digital processes and systems. Examples in 2018 include simplifying the submission and claims processing for our customers in Asia, being the first Canadian life insurer to underwrite using artificial intelligence, introducing adirect-to-consumer financial advice platform in the U.S., and launching an innovative goals-based investing program in Canada. Customer initiatives for each of our segments are outlined in the “Performance by Segment – Strategic Highlights” sections below.

To measure our progress, we are currently implementing net promoter score (“NPS”) systems in all markets and have set a target to improve our NPS, a standard measure of customer satisfaction, by 30 points by 2022.

To have a high-performing teamwe are focused on fostering the right culture to continue to attract, retain and develop the best talent in all our geographies and to engage and excite our employees to rally around our customers. In 2018, we launched our new corporate values which define how we operate and how we work together. They inform how we interact with each other and our customers.

We have set a target to achieve top quartile employee engagement compared to global financial services companies by 2022, and in 2018 we were slightly above the median, placing us in the lower part of the 2^nd quartile. Our plans to streamline processes and systems noted in the expense and customer priorities above, are underpinned by areas identified by our employees which will also improve engagement.

¹	See “Caution regarding forward-looking statements” above.

16 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Asia

Our Asia segment is a leading provider of insurance products and insurance-based wealth accumulation products, driven by a customer-centric strategy. Present in many of Asia’s largest and fastest growing economies, we have operations in the following markets: Japan, Hong Kong, Macau, Singapore, mainland China, Indonesia, Vietnam, the Philippines, Malaysia, Cambodia and Thailand. We are strongly positioned to capitalize on the attractive underlying demographics of the region, underpinned by a rigorous focus on creating value for our customers, employees and shareholders.

We have a diversified multi-channel distribution network, including nearly 80,000 contracted agents and over 100 bank partnerships. We also work with many independent agents, financial advisors and brokers. Among our bancassurance partnerships we have eight exclusive partnerships, including a long-term partnership with DBS across Singapore, Hong Kong, mainland China and Indonesia, that give us access to more than 14 million bank customers.

In 2018, Asia contributed 29% of the Company’s core earnings from operating segments and, as at December 31, 2018, accounted for 10% of the Company’s assets under management and administration.

Profitability

Asia reported net income attributed to shareholders of $1,687 million in 2018 compared with $1,834 million in 2017. Net income attributed to shareholders is comprised of core earnings, which was $1,749 million in 2018 compared with $1,453 million in 2017, and items excluded from core earnings, which amounted to a net charge of $62 million for 2018 compared with a net gain of $381 million in 2017.

Expressed in U.S. dollars, the presentation currency of the segment, net income attributed to shareholders was US$1,303 million in 2018 compared with US$1,410 million in 2017 and core earnings were US$1,349 million in 2018 compared with US$1,121 million in 2017. Items excluded from core earnings are outlined in the table below and amounted to a net charge of US$46 million in 2018 and a net gain of US$289 million in 2017.

Core earnings in 2018 increased 20% compared with 2017, after adjusting for the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The increase in core earnings was driven by the favourable impact of new business from higher sales volume and improved product mix, andin-force business growth.

The table below reconciles net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings for Asia for 2018, 2017 and 2016.


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $									US $
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016			2018			2017			2016
Core earnings⁽¹⁾	$	1,749		$	1,453		$	1,321		$	1,349		$	1,121		$	998
Items to reconcile core earnings to net income attributed to shareholders:
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities⁽²⁾		(375	)		12			(433	)		(287	)		2			(326	)
Investment-related experience related to fixed income trading, market value increases in excess of expected alternative assets investment returns, asset mix changes and credit experience		284			242			91			219			186			69
Change in actuarial methods and assumptions		27			166			(161	)		21			132			(122	)
Other⁽³⁾		2			(39	)		–			1			(31	)		–
Net income attributed to shareholders	$	1,687		$	1,834		$	818		$	1,303		$	1,410		$	619

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾

The direct impact of equity markets and interest rates is relative to our policy liability valuation assumptions and includes changes to interest rate assumptions. The net charge of $375 million in 2018 (2017 – net gain of $12 million) consisted of a $23 million charge (2017 – $47 million gain) related to variable annuities that are not dynamically hedged, a charge of $317 million (2017 – $130 million gain) on general fund equity investments supporting policy liabilities, a $27 million charge (2017 – $151 million charge) related to fixed income reinvestment rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities and a $8 million charge (2017 – $12 million charge) related to variable annuity guarantee liabilities that are dynamically hedged. The amount of variable annuity guaranteed value that was dynamically hedged at the end of 2018 was 99% (2017 – 92%). Our variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy is not designed to completely offset the sensitivity of policy liabilities to all risks associated with the guarantees embedded in these products.

⁽³⁾	Other items in 2017 included restructuring costs in Thailand.

Growth(all percentages quoted are on a constant exchange rate basis)

Annualized premium equivalent (“APE”) sales in 2018 were US$3,094 million, 6% higher than 2017 as sales growth in Hong Kong and Asia Other was partially offset by lower sales in Japan. In Japan, APE sales in 2018 were US$1,087 million, a decrease of 3% compared with 2017. While we experienced a sales decline in the first half of 2018 as a result of strong competition in the Corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) term product segment, this was largely offset by the successful launch of a new COLI term product in the second half of the year, which drove sales growth of 26% compared with the second half of 2017. Hong Kong APE

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 17

sales in 2018 were US$647 million, an increase of 11% compared with 2017, driven by growth in both our agency and bancassurance channels. Asia Other APE sales in 2018 were US$1,360 million, an increase of 13% compared with 2017. Higher sales in protection products were partially offset by lower sales in single premium investment-linked products, reflecting market volatility in 2018.

New business value (“NBV”) was US$1,112 million in 2018, exceeding US$1 billion for the first time and representing an increase of 19% compared with 2017. We experienced growth across all of our businesses in Asia. In Japan, NBV in 2018 was US$329 million, an increase of 8% compared with 2017 due to higher margins from improved product mix and management actions. In Hong Kong, NBV in 2018 was US$418 million, an increase of 21% compared with 2017 resulting from higher sales and continued success of our critical illness products. Asia Other NBV in 2018 was US$365 million, an increase of 30% compared to 2017. The NBV margin was 38.0% in 2018, an increase of 3.9 percentage points compared to 2017.

APE Sales and NBV


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $						US $
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016		2018		2017		2016
Annualized premium equivalent sales	$	4,012	$	3,747	$	3,307	$	3,094	$	2,887	$	2,498
New business value		1,443		1,201		998		1,112		926		754
Assets under Management Asia’s assets under management were US$78.2 billion as at December 31, 2018, an increase of US$5.1 billion or 8% compared with December 31, 2017, driven by net customer inflows of US$10 billion partially offset by the impact of the challenging macro-economic conditions in the fourth quarter of 2018. Assets under Management
As at December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $						US $
As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016		2018		2017		2016
General fund	$	87,323	$	72,777	$	62,343	$	64,010	$	58,009	$	46,423
Segregated funds		19,333		18,917		18,348		14,176		15,074		13,659
Total assets under management	$	106,656	$	91,694	$	80,691	$	78,186	$	73,083	$	60,082

Revenue

Total revenue in 2018 of US$15.2 billion decreased US$0.8 billion compared with 2017, of which US$3.2 billion related to a net decrease in realized and unrealized investment gains and losses, primarily due to market conditions, including a decline in equity markets in 2018. Revenue before net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses increased US$2.4 billion compared with 2017 and included an increase in net premium income of US$1.9 billion. This increase was primarily driven by the growth of new andin-force business, partly offset by a decline in single premium sales in Japan.

Revenue


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $									US $
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016			2018			2017			2016
Gross premiums	$	18,768		$	16,215		$	16,012		$	14,483		$	12,500		$	12,084
Premiums ceded to reinsurers		(656	)		(503	)		(428	)		(507	)		(384	)		(327	)
Net premium income		18,112			15,712			15,584			13,976			12,116			11,757
Investment income		2,333			2,000			1,825			1,799			1,543			1,378
Other revenue		1,296			934			1,029			1,000			719			780
Revenue before net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses		21,741			18,646			18,438			16,775			14,378			13,915
Net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses		(2,054	)		2,044			299			(1,599	)		1,563			212
Total revenue	$	19,687		$	20,690		$	18,737		$	15,176		$	15,941		$	14,127

18 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Strategic Highlights

Asia continues to be a core driver of growth for Manulife, supported by a clear strategy, a focus on execution, a strong team, and a diversified footprint in 12 markets with a compelling economic backdrop. We operate in many of the fastest growing markets in the world, and middle-class emergence, combined with an estimated doubling of household wealth in Asia from 2015 to 2025¹, will continue to drive demand for financial solutions.

In 2018, we continued to accelerate our growth by expanding our distribution reach and we implemented a number of changes to enhance customer experience.

Our expansion actions included:

^∎

Increasing the number of agents by 13% to nearly 80,000. Our number of Million Dollar Round Table agents has increased to 3,000, up by 41% over 2017.

^∎

Continuing our momentum in bancassurance. We now have eight exclusive bancassurance partnerships, including a majorpan-Asia partnership with DBS, giving us access to more than 14 million bank customers. Our most recent is a15-year exclusive bancassurance partnership with Sathapana Bank in Cambodia; and

^∎

Adding a number of managed general agencies in Japan to our existing network.

In 2018, we rolled out a number of key initiatives, advancing our digital strategy. These included:

^∎

Introducing facial recognition that allows real-time verification for our agents and policyholders in mainland China;

^∎

Launching eClaims in Hong Kong, Japan and Vietnam to simplify the submission and claim processes for our customers and improving efficiency;

^∎

Enhancing our award-winning² electronicpoint-of-sale systems in Japan with more product offerings and customer-focused functionality;

^∎

Launching our ManulifeMOVE behavioural insurance program in Singapore. In addition, in Hong Kong and mainland China, we increased the number of ManulifeMOVE eligible products and the number of retail partners. As a result, ManulifeMOVE enrolment doubled in 2018;

^∎

Sponsoring a number of health and wellness events across Asia to promote the benefits of our behavioural insurance offerings. Our customers are our priority and we have seen our NPS improve to +5.4 in Asia. Furthermore, we added more than 1 million new customers bringing our total to over 10 million customers; and

^∎

Signing a strategic partnership in mainland China with leading healthcare platform 111, Inc., to explore opportunities for innovative products and services using the combined capabilities of both partners.

Our Asia business remains focused on expanding our distribution, digitizing our existing channels and processes, and building our digital capabilities. To accelerate our execution in 2018, we attracted top talent and have recruited various executives for the Asia segment.

¹	Source: Asia household wealth in 2015 – Economic Intelligence Unit; and in 2025 – Manulife & Oliver Wyman estimates

²	Received University & College Designers Association (“UCDA”) award (2018)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 19

Canada

Our Canada segment is a leading financial services provider, offering insurance products, insurance-based wealth accumulation products and banking services, and leveraging the asset management expertise and products managed by our Global Wealth and Asset Management segment. The comprehensive solutions we offer target a broad range of customer needs and foster holistic long-lasting relationships.

We offer financial protection solutions to middle- and upper-income individuals, families and business owners through a combination of competitive products, professional advice and quality customer service. We provide group life, health and disability insurance solutions to Canadian employers, with more than 22,000 Canadian businesses and organizations entrusting their employee benefit programs to Manulife’s Group Insurance. We also provide life, health and specialty products, such as travel insurance, through advisors, sponsor groups and associations, as well asdirect-to-customer. We continue to increase the proportion of products with behavioural insurance features.

Manulife Bank offers flexible debt and cash flow management solutions as part of a customer’s overall financial plan. Products include savings and chequing accounts, GICs, lines of credit, investment loans, mortgages and other specialized lending programs, offered through financial advisors supported by a broad distribution network.

In 2018, Canada contributed 23% of the Company’s core earnings from operating segments and, as at December 31, 2018, accounted for 13% of the Company’s assets under management and administration.

Profitability

Canada’s full year 2018 net income attributed to shareholders was $1,011 million compared with $554 million in 2017. Net income attributed to shareholders is comprised of core earnings, which was $1,356 million in 2018 compared with $1,209 million in 2017, and items excluded from core earnings amounted to a net charge of $345 million for 2018 compared with a net charge of $655 million in 2017. Items excluded from core earnings are outlined in the table below.

The $147 million or 12% increase in core earnings was driven by favourable policyholder experience in our group insurance business, compared with unfavourable policyholder experience in 2017, and the impact of new business in individual insurance from both the sales of the Manulife Par product launched in the second half of 2018 and price increases put in place in late 2017. These increases were partially offset by lower gains related to the release of provisions for uncertain tax positions of prior years.

The table below reconciles net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings for Canada for 2018, 2017 and 2016.


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Core earnings⁽¹⁾	$	1,356		$	1,209		$	1,191
Items to reconcile core earnings to net income attributed to shareholders:
Investment-related experience related to fixed income trading, market value increases in excess of expected alternative assets investment returns, asset mix changes and credit experience		240			(99	)		(112	)
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities⁽²⁾		(307	)		(227	)		270
Change in actuarial methods and assumptions		(370	)		36			31
Charge related to decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses		–			(343	)		–
Impact related to U.S. Tax Reform		(2	)		–			–
Reinsurance transactions and other⁽³⁾		94			(22	)		(31	)
Net income attributed to shareholders	$	1,011		$	554		$	1,349

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾

The direct impact of equity markets and interest rates is relative to our policy liability valuation assumptions and includes changes to interest rate assumptions. The charge of $307 million in 2018 (2017 – $227 million charge) consisted of a $109 million charge (2017 – $35 million gain) on general fund equity investments supporting policy liabilities, a $94 million charge (2017 – $210 million charge) related to fixed income reinvestment rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities, nil (2017 – $1 million gain) related to unhedged variable annuities and a $104 million charge (2017 – $53 million charge) related to variable annuity guarantee liabilities that are dynamically hedged. The percentage of variable annuity guaranteed value that was dynamically hedged at the end of 2018 was 76% (2017 – 81%). The decrease in percentage dynamically hedged is a result of the increase in lower risk segregated fund products. Our variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy is not designed to completely offset the sensitivity of policy liabilities to all risks associated with the guarantees embedded in these products.

⁽³⁾	The 2018 gain of $94 million was driven by gains from reinsurance transactions. The 2017 and 2016 charges of $22 million and $31 million, respectively, included integration and acquisition items.

Growth

APE sales were $975 million in 2018, a decrease of $391 million or 29% compared with 2017 due to thenon-recurrence of a large-case group insurance sale in the prior year. For this reason, group insurance APE sales in 2018 of $456 million decreased $359 million or 44% compared with 2017. Individual insurance APE sales in 2018 of $289 million were in line with 2017, as sales from the Manulife Par product launched in 2018, were offset mainly by lower sales due to the price increases in late 2017. Annuities APE sales in 2018 of $230 million decreased $30 million or 12% compared with 2017 due to actions tode-emphasize higher risk segregated fund sales. We are focused on growth in lower risk segregated fund products, which in 2018 grew by 6% and accounted for 75% of Annuity APE sales.

20 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Sales

For the years ended December 31,

($ millions)

2018

2017

2016

Annualized premium equivalent (“APE”) sales

975

1,366

978

Manulife Bankaverage net lending assets were $21.0 billion in 2018, up $1.1 billion or 5% from 2017.

Assets under Management

Assets under management of $142.9 billion as at December 31, 2018 decreased by $1.7 billion or 1% from $144.6 billion at December 31, 2017.

Assets under Management


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016
General fund	$	109,614	$	108,160	$	106,235
Segregated funds		33,306		36,460		36,153
Total assets under management	$	142,920	$	144,620	$	142,388

Revenueof $13.6 billion in 2018 increased $2.4 billion from $11.2 billion in 2017. Revenue before net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses of $15.0 billion in 2018 increased $4.4 billion from $10.6 billion in 2017, driven by a change made to a reinsurance agreement in 2018 (impact was to premiums ceded of $3.8 billion and to other revenue of $0.4 billion).

Revenue


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Gross premiums	$	10,974		$	10,124		$	10,708
Premiums ceded to reinsurers		(1,547	)		(5,359	)		(5,736	)
Net premium income		9,427			4,765			4,972
Investment income		4,158			3,958			3,936
Other revenue		1,446			1,862			2,111
Revenue before net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses		15,031			10,585			11,019
Net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses⁽¹⁾		(1,394	)		602			316
Total revenue	$	13,637		$	11,187		$	11,335

⁽¹⁾	See “Financial Performance – Impact of Fair Value Accounting” above.

Strategic Highlights

In 2018, we continued to revitalize and modernize our business by further expanding our product shelf and continuing to build a customer-centric digital platform. We executed a number of significant actions on our legacy business and successfully executed on our expense reduction strategy to strengthen financial results and improve the risk-return profile in our home market. Our Canada segment remains focused on building and fostering holistic long-lasting relationships by expanding and integrating our insurance, insurance-based wealth accumulation and banking solutions to meet customers’ needs and by leveraging the strength of our group franchise.

We are revitalizing our business by expanding our product shelf and modernizing our delivery process. In 2018, we:

^∎

Launched Manulife Par, our new participating whole life insurance product, to provide greater choice for our customers and as an opportunity for Manulife to build market share in the whole life market which accounts for over half of the Canadian industry’s individual life insurance new business;¹

^∎

Expanded the Vitality program to all Individual Insurance Family Term products, becoming the market leader in behavioural insurance with approximately 32% of eligible customers choosing the Manulife Vitality feature;

^∎

Announced the Group Insurance Manulife Vitality program. Available in the spring of 2019, the focus of this program is to encourage participants to make healthy choices and employers to drive higher engagement and productivity; and

^∎

Launched a new website and expanded digital solutions for Manulife Bank making it easier for our customers to do business with us.

We have made a number of enhancements to our customer-focused platforms across our product lines. In 2018, we:

^∎

Introduced artificial intelligence underwriting to the Canadian life insurance market, which improves efficiency and shortens our response time to customers;

¹	Source: Third quarter 2018 LIMRA market data.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 21

^∎

Partnered with Canada’s largest pharmacy chain, Shoppers Drug Mart, to launch the first medical marijuana program in Canada to help customers receive the right strain and formulation for their condition;

^∎

Achieved two million robotics-processed transactions, which improves efficiency and makes it easier for our customers to do business with us through faster processing times and improved transaction quality;

^∎

Increased our paperless claims process to over 80% of all Group Insurance claims; and

^∎

Launched our new Life Moments strategy, focusing on personalizing customer experience for key life moments, when our customers need us most.

We are also focused on optimizing capital in our legacy businesses and in 2018 we released approximately $500 million of capital. In 2018, we entered into four reinsurance transactions to reduce risk and free up a total of $400 million of capital. These transactions included reinsuring the mortality and lapse risk on a portion of our Canadian legacy universal life policies as well as longevity risk on our Canadian group annuity policies. In addition, we offered some of our customers in our legacy segregated fund products an opportunity to convert their policy to a lower risk segregated fund product which released over $100 million of capital.

With respect to managing expenses, we began execution on our initiatives to digitize and consolidate a number of back-office functions, resulting in a workforce reduction through a voluntary exit program and natural attrition. We also offered a voluntary retirement plan and announced and commenced our plans to consolidate our real estate footprint. The real estate consolidation and office space reconfiguration will also create a more collaborative work environment.

22 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

U.S.

Our U.S. segment provides a broad portfolio of life insurance products, insurance-based wealth accumulation products, digital advice solutions, and administers ourin-force long-term care insurance and our annuity businesses.

The insurance products we offer are designed to provide estate, business and income-protection solutions for high net worth, emerging affluent markets and the middle market, and to leverage the asset management expertise and products managed by our Global Wealth and Asset Management business. The primary distribution channel is licenced financial advisors, with somedirect-to-consumer insurance business. Behavioural insurance features are standard on all our new insurance product offerings.

Long-term care insurance provides coverage for the cost of long-term services and support. We ceased selling stand-alone long-term care products but continue to offer long-term care coverage as an accelerated benefit rider to our wide range of life insurance products.

Ourin-force annuity business includes fixed deferred, variable deferred, and payout products.

Through our digital-advice capabilities and platform, we hope to establish lifelong customer relationships that benefit from our holistic protection and wealth product offerings in the future.

In 2018, U.S. contributed 31% of the Company’s core earnings from operating segments and, as at December 31, 2018, accounted for 21% of the Company’s assets under management and administration.

Profitability

U.S. reported net income attributed to shareholders of $2,332 million in 2018 compared with a net loss attributed to shareholders of $1,201 million in 2017. Net income attributed to shareholders is comprised of core earnings, which was $1,830 million in 2018 compared with $1,609 million in 2017, and items excluded from core earnings, which amounted to a net gain of $502 million in 2018 compared with a net charge of $2,810 million in 2017.

Expressed in U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the segment, 2018 net income attributed to shareholders was US$1,800 million compared with a net loss attributed to shareholders of US$992 million in 2017 and core earnings were US$1,412 million in 2018 compared with US$1,241 million in 2017. Items excluded from core earnings are outlined in the table below and amounted to a net gain of US$388 million in 2018 compared with a net charge of US$2,233 million in 2017.

The US$171 million increase in core earnings was driven by the favourable impact of lower U.S. tax rates and favourable policyholder experience compared with unfavourable policyholder experience in 2017 (long-term care policyholder experience was neutral in 2018).

The table below reconciles net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings for the U.S. for 2018, 2017 and 2016.


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $									US $
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016			2018			2017			2016
Core earnings⁽¹⁾	$	1,830		$	1,609		$	1,317		$	1,412		$	1,241		$	993
Items to reconcile core earnings to net income attributed to shareholders:
Investment-related experience related to fixed income trading, market value increases in excess of expected alternative assets investment returns, asset mix changes and credit experience		17			343			149			10			263			122
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities⁽²⁾		236			505			(515	)		191			384			(387	)
Change in actuarial methods and assumptions		286			(245	)		(325	)		219			(195	)		(250	)
Impact related to U.S. Tax Reform		(7	)		(2,822	)		–			(5	)		(2,220	)		–
Charge related to decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses		–			(689	)		–			–			(542	)		–
Intangiblewrite-off (Long Term Care)⁽³⁾		–			–			(97	)		–			–			(74	)
Other⁽⁴⁾		(30	)		98			(11	)		(27	)		77			(8	)
Net income (loss) attributed to shareholders	$	2,332		$	(1,201	)	$	518		$	1,800		$	(992	)	$	396

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾

The direct impact of equity markets and interest rates is relative to our policy liability valuation assumptions and includes changes to interest rate assumptions. Our variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy is not designed to completely offset the sensitivity of policy liabilities to all risks associated with the guarantees embedded in these products. The US$191 million gain in 2018 (2017 – US$384 million gain) consisted of a US$184 million charge (2017 – US$114 million gain) related to variable annuities that are dynamically hedged, a US$22 million charge (2017 – US$46 million gain) on general fund equity investments supporting policy liabilities, a US$50 million charge (2017 – US$123 million gain) related to variable annuities that are not dynamically hedged, and a US$446 million gain (2017 – US$102 million gain) related to fixed income reinvestment rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities. The amount of variable annuity guaranteed value that was dynamically hedged or reinsured at the end of 2018 was 93% (2017 – 94%).

⁽³⁾	The 2016 charge of US$74 million relates primarily to the intangible asset distribution networkwrite-off in the John Hancock Long Term Care business.

⁽⁴⁾

The 2018 charge of US$27 million included a provision for a legal settlement of US$72 million, partially offset by a gain of US$51 million from external reinsurance transactions. The 2017 gain of US$77 million included a gain resulting from an internal legal entity restructuring partially offset by a provision for a legal settlement.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 23

Growth

U.S. APE sales in 2018 of US$426 million declined 8% compared with 2017, driven by increased competition in the international high net worth segment and actions to maintain margins. Sales of products with the Vitality Plus feature in 2018 were US$101 million, an increase of 52% compared with 2017.

Sales⁽¹⁾


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $						US $
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)		2018		2017		2016		2018		2017		2016
APE sales⁽¹⁾	$	553	$	603	$	552	$	426	$	464	$	417

⁽¹⁾	Does not include sales of long-term care products of US$42 million in 2016.

Assets under Management

U.S. assets under management of US$165.1 billion as at December 31, 2018 declined by 9% from December 31, 2017. The decrease was driven by the impact of the reinsurance transactions noted above, the continuedrun-off of our annuities business and the impact of market movements on the fair value of assets held in our general and segregated funds.

Assets under Management


As at December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $						US $
As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016		2018		2017		2016
General fund	$	152,398	$	150,837	$	151,968	$	111,713	$	120,237	$	113,186
Segregated funds		72,875		77,998		79,670		53,420		62,174		59,339
Total assets under management	$	225,273	$	228,835	$	231,638	$	165,133	$	182,411	$	172,525

Revenue

Total revenue in 2018 of US$531 million decreased US$15.9 billion compared with 2017. Revenue before net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses was US$5.0 billion, a decrease of US$9.0 billion compared with 2017 primarily due the impact on ceded premiums of US$8.1 billion and other revenue of US$0.4 billion from the 2018 reinsurance transactions related to our legacy business.

Revenue


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	Canadian $									US $
For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016			2018			2017			2016
Gross premium income	$	9,335		$	9,939		$	9,863		$	7,201		$	7,667		$	7,443
Premiums ceded to reinsurers		(12,961	)		(2,317	)		(2,876	)		(9,878	)		(1,786	)		(2,157	)
Net premium income		(3,626	)		7,622			6,987			(2,677	)		5,881			5,286
Investment income		7,344			7,382			6,972			5,665			5,689			5,265
Other revenue		2,542			3,040			3,025			1,966			2,341			2,286
Revenue before items noted below		6,260			18,044			16,984			4,954			13,911			12,837
Net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses⁽¹⁾		(5,621	)		3,274			1,033			(4,423	)		2,495			790
Total revenue	$	639		$	21,318		$	18,017		$	531		$	16,406		$	13,627

⁽¹⁾	See “Financial Performance – Impact of Fair Value Accounting” above.

Strategic Highlights

At John Hancock, we are focused on building more holistic and long-lasting customer relationships by offering innovative products and solutions and making it easier for customers to do business with us. We are focused on revitalizing our insurance business by expanding our product shelf, modernizing the delivery process, and enhancing customer experience.

In 2018, we:

^∎

Became the first U.S. life insurance company to fully embrace behavioural-based life insurance with the October 1^st launch of John Hancock Vitality Go on all life insurance policies at no additional cost. This basic, “be healthy” version of the program provides access to expert fitness and nutritional resources, and personalized health goals that when achieved unlock rewards and discounts at major brand outlets;

^∎

Enhanced our behavioural insurance offering by launching the HealthyMind initiative, a component of our John Hancock Vitality offering, which rewards customers for meditation and sleep activities; and

^∎

Introduced Twine, the first mass-market offering from John Hancock Digital Advice, a nascentdirect-to-consumer financial advice platform that has attracted interest in the competitive robo-advisory market; it was the first financial robo-advisor app to be featured as Apple’s iPhone App of the Day.

24 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

We continued to actively manage our legacy businesses and maintain sharp focus on expenses across all business lines. In 2018, we:

^∎

Reinsured substantially all of our legacy individual and group payout annuity businesses (the portions of these transactions related to New York business will close separately in 2019, subject to regulatory approval) and sold Signator Investors, our wholly-owned broker-dealer. These transactions released approximately $600 million of capital in 2018 and are expected to release a further $600 million in 2019¹;

^∎

Stopped selling Corporate and Bank-owned life insurance products, alow-return offering in our U.S. product portfolio;

^∎

Continued to make progress on our long-term care rerate approvals: additionally, our customer-centric approach includes choices available to policyholders to manage their costs through benefit elections;

^∎

Ceased selling annuity and stand-alone long-term care products but continued to offer long-term care coverage as an accelerated benefit rider on our wide range of life insurance products; and

^∎

Entered into a multi-year IT outsourcing initiative, offered a voluntary retirement plan and consolidated our real estate footprint for our U.S. regional head office. The real estate consolidation and office space reconfiguration also created a more collaborative work environment.

¹	See “Caution regarding forward-looking statements” above.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 25

Global Wealth and Asset Management

Our Global Wealth and Asset Management segment serves individual investors and institutional clients in three business lines: Retirement, Retail and Institutional Asset Management. We have operations in 16 markets, and leverage our Asia, Canada and U.S. segments.

Retirement provides financial advice, investment products and electronic record-keeping services to over seven million individual participants in North America and Asia. In North America, our Canadian Group Retirement business focuses on providing retirement solutions through defined contribution and defined benefit plans; and in the United States, John Hancock Retirement Plan Services provides employer sponsored retirement plans and also services personal retirement accounts for former client employees. In Asia, we provide retirement offerings to employers and individuals, including Mandatory Provident Fund (“MPF”) schemes and administration in Hong Kong.

Retail distributes investment funds through intermediaries in North America, Europe and Asia, and operates amanager-of-manager model, which identifies and sources investment strategies across the world, both proprietary and external. In Canada, we also provide personalized investment management, private banking and estate solutions to affluent clients.

Institutional Asset Management provides investment management solutions to over 700 institutional clients (such as pension plans, foundations, endowments and financial institutions) globally across major asset classes including equities, fixed income, and alternative assets (including real estate, timberland, farmland, private equity/debt, infrastructure, and liquid alternatives). In addition, we also offer multi-asset investment management solutions for a broad range of clients’ investment needs.

In 2018, Global WAM contributed 17% of the Company’s core earnings from operating segments and, as at December 31, 2018, accounted for 56% of the Company’s assets under management and administration.

Profitability

Global WAM’s 2018 net income attributed to shareholders was $955 million compared with $1,078 million in 2017, core earnings were $986 million in 2018 compared with $816 million in 2017. Items excluded from core earnings are outlined in the table below and amounted to a net charge of $31 million in 2018 compared with a net gain of $262 million in 2017.

The $171 million increase in core earnings was driven by higher fee income from higher average asset levels, lower amortization of deferred acquisition costs and other depreciation and the impact of lower U.S. tax rates.

The table below reconciles net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings for the Global WAM segment for 2018, 2017 and 2016.


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Core earnings⁽¹⁾
Asia	$	257		$	210		$	171
Canada		267			253			190
U.S.		462			353			301
Core earnings		986			816			662
Items to reconcile core earnings to net income attributed to shareholders:
Impact related to U.S. Tax Reform		(2	)		308			–
Other⁽²⁾		(29	)		(46	)		(47	)
Net Income attributed to shareholders	$	955		$	1,078		$	615

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

In 2018, core EBITDA for Global WAM was $1,498 million, higher than core earnings by $512 million. In 2017, core EBITDA was $1,426 million, higher than core earnings by $610 million. The increase of $72 million in core EBITDA was driven by higher fee income from higher average asset levels.

Core EBITDA⁽¹⁾


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016
Core earnings	$	986	$	816	$	662
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs and other depreciation		301		344		338
Amortization of deferred sales commissions		98		99		104
Core income tax expense (recovery)		113		167		105
Core EBITDA	$	1,498	$	1,426	$	1,209

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾	The 2018 charge of $29 million relates to the integration of businesses acquired from Standard Chartered, as does the 2017 charge of $46 million.

26 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Growth

Gross Flows and Net Flows

In 2018, gross flows of $119.0 billion were $3.0 billion or 2% lower than 2017, driven by a slowdown in U.S. retail gross flows amid equity market declines and lower gross flows in mainland China from retail money market funds. This was partially offset by growth of $5.4 billion in institutional asset management driven by the launch of the John Hancock Infrastructure Fund globally and a real estate separately managed account, and the funding of two large fixed income mandates. WAM net flows of $1.6 billion were $16.7 billion lower than in 2017, driven by higher redemptions in U.S retail amid equity market declines and lower gross flows as mentioned above. 2018 marked the 9^th consecutive year of positive net flows in our WAM business.

Asia WAM:

^∎

Gross flows in Asia in 2018 were $23.7 billion, a decrease of 15% compared with 2017, the decline was primarily driven by lower gross flows in mainland China from retail money market funds partially offset by higher institutional asset management gross flows. Retirement gross flows were in line with the prior year.

^∎

Net flows in 2018 were $5.7 billion in 2018 compared with net flows of $6.6 billion in 2017, driven by lower gross flows in mainland China from retail money market funds.

Canada WAM:

^∎

Gross flows in Canada in 2018 were $23.1 billion, an increase of 10% compared with 2017, reflecting growth across all business lines. This was driven by higher new plan deposits and recurring contributions in retirement, strong sales in several balanced and equity products in retail, and the funding of a $0.6 billion custom liability-driven investment mandate and private market product launches in institutional asset management.

^∎

Net flowsin 2018were $2.0 billion compared with net flows of $3.7 billion in 2017, the decline was primarily driven by higher retail redemptions across all asset classes amid equity market declines.

U.S. WAM:

^∎

Gross flows in the U.S. in 2018 were $72.2 billion, in line with 2017, as we launched the John Hancock Infrastructure Fund, which generated $1.2 billion in gross flows, as well as a $1.2 billion real estate separately managed account, and funded two large fixed income mandates totaling $1.1 billion in institutional asset management. This was offset by lower retail gross flows amid equity market declines. Retirement gross flows were slightly higher than the prior year.

^∎

Net flowsin 2018 were negative $6.1 billion, compared with positive net flows of $7.9 billion in 2017, the decline was primarily driven by higher retail redemptions amid the declines in equity markets and the redemption of three large-case retirement plans.

Gross Flows and Net Flows


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017		2016
Gross flows	$	119,002	$	121,969	$	118,185
Net flows		1,563		18,280		16,482

Assets under Management and Administration

In 2018, AUMA for our wealth and asset management businesses of $609 billion, while in line with the prior year, was 6% lower on a constant exchange rate basis. AUMA increased $1.6 billion from positive net flows and $1.3 billion from assets acquired. This increase was offset by a net $3 billion reduction related to market value movement and the weakening of the Canadian dollar.

Assets under Management and Administration


For the years ended December 31, ($ billions)	2018			2017		2016
Balance January 1,	$	609		$	554	$	510
Acquisitions		1			–		2
Net flows		2			18		17
Impact of markets and other		(3	)		37		25
Balance December 31,	$	609		$	609	$	554

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 27

Revenue

Total revenue in 2018 of $5.5 billion increased 5% compared with 2017, driven by higher average asset levels.

Revenue


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017		2016
Fee income	$	5,472		$	5,158	$	4,922
Investment income		(8	)		42		6
Total revenue	$	5,464		$	5,200	$	4,928

Strategic Highlights

We have a clear strategy to pursue attractive, high-growth opportunities through our three business lines: Retirement, Retail and Institutional Asset Management across each of our regions globally. Our strategy involves becoming a global retirement leader supporting financial wellness; expanding our presence in regional retail mutual fund distribution across the globe, leveraging amanager-of-managers model; and providing active asset management capabilities, including high-performing equity and fixed income strategies, outcome-oriented solutions and alternative assets.

In 2018, we executed on a number of initiatives to accelerate growth in our franchise, including:

^∎

Launching the John Hancock Infrastructure Fund with approximately $2.7 billion in capital commitments, which provides third-party investors the opportunity to invest alongside Manulife’s General Account in direct private equity investments andco-investments in the infrastructure sector in the U.S;

^∎

Raising almost $1 billion for the Hancock Natural Resources Group’s first commingled vehicle devoted to both timberland and farmland;

^∎

Entering into an Outsourced Chief Investment Officer (OCIO) relationship with a distribution partner to provide discretionary asset allocation models, thereby expanding our asset allocation and manager research capabilities;

^∎

Capturing nearly 40% of total defined contribution sales in the Canadian retirement market¹ in the twelve months ended September 30, 2018;

^∎

Securing the initial investment to establish our first Qualified Domestic Limited Partnership fund in December 2018 through our Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise license in mainland China; and

^∎

Successfully completing the first retirement-focused target risk fund launch with Agricultural Bank of China.

In 2018, we made progress on our commitment to becoming a customer-centric organization by:

^∎

Strengthening the operating model and leadership team for our global wealth and asset management business to leverage our global scale and capabilities to deliver value to our clients in each market that we serve;

^∎

Launching the innovative goals-based investing program, leveraging industry-leading technology and dynamic liability-driven investment strategies, an industry first for retail customers in Canada;

^∎

Centralizing and modernizing our operations, technology and data platforms through the Global Optimization program, utilizing state of the art technology to deliver a robust digital experience for our stakeholders;

^∎

Continuing to build the next generation of digital advice capabilities in our Retirement business, thereby enhancing the development of our managed account platform and providingon-going advice tools for participants to better prepare for retirement; and

^∎

Launching My Money Connector in the U.S., an aggregation tool that helps participants manage their finances.

¹	Source: According to LIMRA, based on a rolling12-month average.

28 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other is comprised of investment performance on assets backing capital, net of amounts allocated to the operating segments; financing costs; costs incurred by the corporate office related to shareholder activities (not allocated to the operating segments); our P&C Reinsurance business; as well as ourrun-off reinsurance operation, including variable annuities and accident and health.

For segment reporting purposes, settlement costs for macro equity hedges and othernon-operating items are included in Corporate and Other earnings. This segment is also where we reclassify favourable investment-related experience to core earnings from items excluded from core earnings, subject to certain limits (see “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below). In each of the operating segments, we report all investment-related experience in items excluded from core earnings.

Profitability

Corporate and Other reported a net loss attributed to shareholders of $1,185 million in 2018 compared with a net loss attributed to shareholders of $161 million in 2017. The net loss attributed to shareholders was comprised of core loss and items excluded from core loss. The core loss was $311 million in 2018 compared with a core loss of $522 million in 2017. Items excluded from core loss amounted to a net charge of $874 million in 2018 compared with a net gain of $361 million in 2017.

The $211 million lower core loss was primarily related to thenon-recurrence of charges to establish $240 million of claims provisions in our P&C business in 2017. In 2018, we had a net $23 million release of P&C provisions (we released a portion of the 2017 provision partially offset by provisions related to a combination of California wild fires, Pacific typhoons and Atlantic hurricanes). The remaining $52 million unfavourable variance was due to the impact of markets, in 2018, on seed money investments in new segregated and mutual funds, the effect of lower U.S. tax rate on the losses in the segment and higher withholding taxes on future U.S. remittances, partially offset by higher investment-related income and lower expected macro hedging costs.

The items excluded from core earnings are outlined below.

The table below reconciles the net loss attributed to shareholders to the core loss for Corporate and Other for 2018, 2017 and 2016.



For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Core loss excluding core investment gains	$	(711	)	$	(922	)	$	(667	)
Core investment gains		400			400			197
Total core loss⁽¹⁾		(311	)		(522	)		(470	)
Items to reconcile core loss to net loss attributed to shareholders:
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates⁽²⁾		(411	)		(83	)		194
Changes in actuarial methods and assumptions		6			8			1
Investment-related experience related tomark-to-market items⁽³⁾		59			81			71
Reclassification to core investment gains above		(400	)		(400	)		(197	)
Impact related to U.S. Tax Reform		135			737			–
Restructuring charge⁽⁴⁾		(263	)		–			–
Other		–			18			30
Net loss attributed to shareholders	$	(1,185	)	$	(161	)	$	(371	)

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾

The direct impact of equity markets and interest rates included a gain of $24 million (2017 – loss of $61 million) on derivatives associated with our macro equity hedges and a loss of $284 million (2017 – loss of $41 million) on the sale of AFS bonds. Other items in this category netted to a loss of $151 million (2017 – gain of $19 million).

⁽³⁾	Investment-related experience includesmark-to-market gains or losses on assets held in the Corporate and Other segment other than gains on AFS equities and seed money investments in new segregated or mutual funds.

⁽⁴⁾	Please see “Manulife Financial Corporation – Profitability” above for explanation of the restructuring charge.

Revenue

Revenue in 2018 was a net loss of $455 million and includes a consolidation adjustment of $375 million related to asset management fees earned by MAM from affiliated businesses (the offset to this consolidation adjustment is in investment expenses). Total revenue in 2018 decreased by $383 million compared with 2017, primarily driven by higher net realized losses on AFS securities compared with gains in prior year. These decreases were partially offset by gains in the macro hedge program compared to losses in 2017.

Revenue



For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Net premium income	$	98		$	110		$	87
Investment income (loss)⁽¹⁾		(281	)		285			645
Other revenue		(328	)		(247	)		95
Revenue before net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses and on the macro hedge program		(511	)		148			827
Net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses⁽²⁾and on the macro hedge program		56			(220	)		(507	)
Total revenue	$	(455	)	$	(72	)	$	320

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 29

⁽¹⁾	Includes losses of $355 million (2017 – losses of $54 million) on the sale of AFS bonds.

⁽²⁾	See “Manulife Financial Corporation – Impact of Fair Value Accounting” above.

Strategic Highlights

Our P&C Reinsurance business provides substantial retrocessional capacity for a very select clientele in the property and casualty reinsurance market. The business is largelynon-correlated to Manulife’s other businesses and helps diversify our overall business mix. We manage the risk exposures of this business in relation to the total Company balance sheet risk and volatility as well as the prevailing market pricing conditions. The business is renewable annually, and we currently estimate our exposure limit in 2019 for a single event to be approximately US$250 million (net of reinstatement premiums) and for multiple events to be approximately US$425 million (net of all premiums).

30 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investments

Our investment philosophy for the General Fund is to invest in an asset mix that optimizes our risk adjusted returns and matches the characteristics of our underlying liabilities. We follow abottom-up approach which combines our strong asset management skills with anin-depth understanding of the characteristics of each investment. We invest in a diversified mix of assets, including a variety of alternative long-duration asset classes. Our diversification strategy has historically produced superior risk adjusted returns while reducing overall risk. We use a disciplined approach across all asset classes, and we do not chase yield in the riskier end of the fixed income market. Our risk management strategy is outlined in the “Risk Management” section below.

General Fund Assets

As at December 31, 2018, our General Fund invested assets totaled $353.7 billion compared with $334.2 billion at the end of 2017. The following table shows the asset class composition as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.



	2018						2017
As at December 31, ($ billions)	Carrying value		% of total		Fair value		Carrying value		% of total		Fair value
Cash and short-term securities	$	16.2		5	$	16.2	$	16.0		5	$	16.0
Debt Securities and Private Placement Debt
Government bonds		70.0		20		70.0		68.6		21		68.6
Corporate bonds		112.7		32		112.7		102.1		31		102.1
Securitized / asset-backed securities		2.9		1		2.9		3.3		1		3.3
Private placement debt		35.7		10		36.1		32.1		10		34.6
Mortgages		48.4		14		48.6		44.7		13		46.0
Policy loans and loans to bank clients		8.2		2		8.2		7.6		2		7.6
Public equities		19.2		5		19.2		21.5		6		21.5
Alternative Long-Duration Assets (“ALDA”)
Real Estate		12.8		4		13.9		13.8		4		15.0
Power & Infrastructure		8.0		2		8.1		7.4		2		7.4
Timberland and Farmland		4.5		1		5.1		5.0		2		5.2
Private Equity		6.8		2		6.8		4.9		1		5.0
Oil & Gas		3.4		1		3.5		2.8		1		2.8
Other ALDA		0.8		0		0.8		0.6		0		0.6
Leveraged Leases and Other		4.1		1		4.1		3.8		1		3.8
Total general fund invested assets	$	353.7		100	$	356.2	$	334.2		100	$	339.5

The carrying values for invested assets are generally equal to their fair values, however, mortgages and private placement debt are carried at amortized cost; loans to bank clients are carried at unpaid principle balances less allowance for credit losses; real estate held for own use is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses; private equity investments, including power and infrastructure and timber, are accounted for as associates using the equity method, or at fair value; and oil and gas investments are carried at cost using the successful efforts method. Certain government and corporate bonds and public equities are classified as AFS.

Shareholders’ accumulated other comprehensivepre-tax income (loss) at December 31, 2018 consisted of $272 million loss for bonds (2017 – loss of $176 million) and $42 million gain for public equities (2017 – gain of $553 million). Included in the $272 million loss for bonds was a $540 million loss related to the fair value hedge basis adjustments on AFS bonds (2017 – loss of $563 million).

Debt Securities and Private Placement Debt

We manage our high-quality fixed income portfolio to optimize yield and quality while ensuring that asset portfolios remain diversified by sector, industry, duration, issuer, and geography. As at December 31, 2018, our fixed income portfolio of $221.3 billion (2017 – $206.1 billion) was 98% investment grade and 75% was rated A or higher (2017 – 98% and 76%, respectively). Our private placement debt holdings provide diversification benefits (issuer, industry, and geography) and, because they often have stronger protective covenants and collateral than debt securities, they typically provide better credit protection and potentially higher recoveries in the event of default. Geographically, 27% is invested in Canada (2017 – 28%), 46% is invested in the U.S. (2017 – 47%), 3% is invested in Europe (2017 – 3%) and the remaining 24% is invested in Asia and other geographic areas (2017 – 22%).

Debt Securities and Private Placement Debt – by Credit Quality⁽¹⁾



As at December 31,	2018								2017
($ billions)	Debt securities		Private placement debt		Total		% of Total		Debt securities		Private placement debt		Total		% of Total
AAA		36.1		1.2		37.3		17		34.3		1.0		35.3		17
AA		32.1		5.0		37.1		17		29.0		4.2		33.2		16
A		78.0		13.3		91.3		41		76.1		12.0		88.1		43
BBB		37.0		14.0		51.0		23		32.1		13.2		45.3		22
BB		1.6		0.7		2.3		1		1.8		0.7		2.5		1
B & lower, and unrated		0.8		1.5		2.3		1		0.7		1.0		1.7		1
Total carrying value ($ billions)	$	185.6	$	35.7	$	221.3		100	$	174.0	$	32.1	$	206.1		100

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 31

⁽¹⁾

Reflects credit quality ratings as assigned by Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSRO”) using the following priority sequence order: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Dominion Bond Rating Service, Fitch, Rating and Investment Information, and Japan Credit Rating. For those assets where ratings by NRSRO are not available, disclosures are based upon internal ratings as described in the “Risk Management” and “Risk Factors” sections below.

Debt Securities and Private Placement Debt – by Sector



As at December 31, Per cent of carrying value	2018						2017
As at December 31, Per cent of carrying value	Debt securities		Private placement debt		Total		Debt securities		Private placement debt		Total
Government and agency		38		11		33		39		10		35
Utilities		14		44		19		15		47		20
Financial		16		5		14		15		5		13
Industrial		8		10		8		7		9		7
Consumer(non-cyclical)		6		13		7		6		13		7
Energy – Oil & Gas		4		4		4		5		4		5
Energy – Other		4		2		4		3		1		3
Consumer (cyclical)		3		7		3		2		7		3
Securitized (MBS/ABS)		2		1		2		2		1		2
Telecommunications		2		1		2		2		–		2
Basic materials		1		2		2		2		3		1
Technology		1		–		1		1		–		1
Media and internet and other		1		–		1		1		–		1
Total per cent		100		100		100		100		100		100
Total carrying value ($ billions)	$	185.6	$	35.7	$	221.3	$	174.0	$	32.1	$	206.1

As at December 31, 2018, gross unrealized losses on our fixed income holdings were $4.5 billion or 2% of the amortized cost of these holdings (2017 – $1.7 billion or 1%). Of this amount, $278 million (2017 – $37 million) related to debt securities trading below 80% of amortized cost for more than 6 months. Securitized assets represented $52 million of the gross unrealized losses and none of the amounts trading below 80% of amortized cost for more than 6 months (2017 – $24 million and none, respectively). After adjusting for debt securities supporting participating policyholder and pass-through products and the provisions for credit included in the insurance and investment contract liabilities, the potential impact to shareholders’pre-tax earnings for debt securities trading at less than 80% of amortized cost for greater than 6 months was approximately $62 million as at December 31, 2018 (2017 – $30 million).

Mortgages

As at December 31, 2018, our mortgage portfolio of $48.4 billion represented 14% of invested assets (2017 – $44.7 billion and 13%, respectively). Geographically, 63% of the portfolio is invested in Canada (2017 – 63%) and 37% is invested in the U.S. (2017 – 37%). As shown below, the overall portfolio is also diversified by geographic region, property type, and borrower. Of the total mortgage portfolio, 15% is insured (2017 – 18%), primarily by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (“CMHC”) – Canada’s AAA rated government-backed national housing agency, with 35% of residential mortgages insured (2017 – 39%) and 2% of commercial mortgages insured (2017 – 2%).



As at December 31, ($ billions)	2018				2017
As at December 31, ($ billions)	Carrying value		% of total		Carrying value		% of total
Commercial
Retail	$	8.4		17	$	8.1		18
Office		8.7		18		7.7		17
Multi-family residential		5.3		11		4.4		10
Industrial		2.8		6		2.6		6
Other commercial		3.0		6		2.7		6
		28.2		58		25.5		57
Other mortgages
Manulife Bank single-family residential		19.6		41		18.6		42
Agricultural		0.6		1		0.6		1
Total mortgages	$	48.4		100	$	44.7		100

Our commercial mortgage loans are originated with ahold-for-investment philosophy. They have lowloan-to-value ratios, high debt-service coverage ratios, and as at December 31, 2018 there were no loans in arrears. Geographically, of the total commercial mortgage loans, 39% are in Canada and 61% are in the U.S. (2017 – 38% and 62%, respectively). We are diversified by property type and largely avoid risky market segments such as hotels, construction loans and second liens.

32 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-CMHC Insured Commercial Mortgages⁽¹⁾

As at December 31,

2018

2017

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Loan-to-Value ratio⁽²⁾

63%

57%

63%

56%

Debt-Service Coverage ratio⁽²⁾

1.44x

1.85x

1.46x

1.84x

Average duration (years)

4.8

6.2

4.7

6.3

Average loan size ($ millions)

$16.0

$19.1

14.1

16.1

Loans in arrears⁽³⁾

0.00%

0.00%

⁽¹⁾	Excludes Manulife Bank commercial mortgage loans of $234 million (2017 – $109 million).

⁽²⁾	Loan-to-Value and Debt-Service Coverage are based onre-underwritten cash flows.

⁽³⁾	Arrears defined as over 90 days past due in Canada and over 60 days past due in the U.S.

Public Equities

As at December 31, 2018, public equity holdings of $19.2 billion represented 5% (2017 – $21.5 billion and 6%) of invested assets and, when excluding assets supporting participating policyholder and pass-through products, represented 1% (2017 – 2%) of invested assets. The portfolio is diversified by industry sector and issuer. Geographically, 28% (2017 – 31%) is held in Canada; 36% (2017 – 36%) is held in the U.S.; and the remaining 36% (2017 – 33%) is held in Asia, Europe and other geographic areas.

Public Equities – classified by type of product-line supported



As at December 31, ($ billions)	2018				2017
As at December 31, ($ billions)	Carrying value		% of total		Carrying value		% of total
Participating Policyholders	$	9.3		48	$	10.2		48
Pass-through products		4.7		25		5.1		23
Corporate and Other segment⁽¹⁾		4.1		21		4.9		23
Non-participating products		1.1		6		1.3		6
Total public equities	$	19.2		100	$	21.5		100

⁽¹⁾	Includes $2.5 billion of AFS equities and $1.6 billion of seed money investments in new segregated and mutual funds.

Alternative Long-Duration Assets (“ALDA”)

Our ALDA portfolio is comprised of a diverse range of asset classes with varying degrees of correlations. The portfolio typically consists of private assets representing investments in varied sectors of the economy which act as a natural hedge against future inflation and serve as an alternative source of asset supply to long-term corporate bonds. In addition to being a suitable match for our long-duration liabilities, these assets provide enhanced long-term yields and diversification relative to traditional fixed income markets. The vast majority of our ALDA are managedin-house.

As at December 31, 2018, ALDA of $36.2 billion represented 10% (2017 – $34.5 billion and 10%) of invested assets. The fair value of total ALDA was $38.2 billion at December 31, 2018 (2017 – $36.0 billion). The carrying value and corresponding fair value by sector and/or asset type are outlined above (see table in the section “General Fund Assets”).

Real Estate

Our real estate portfolio is diversified by geographic region; of the total fair value of this portfolio, 43% is located in the U.S., 42% in Canada, and 15% in Asia as at December 31, 2018 (2017 – 51%, 38%, and 11%, respectively). This high-quality portfolio has virtually no leverage and is primarily invested in premium urban office towers, concentrated in cities with stable growth, and highly diverse economies, in North America and Asia. The portfolio is well positioned with an average occupancy rate of 94% (2017 – 94%) and an average lease term of 5.8 years (2017 – 5.9 years). During 2018, we executed 1 acquisition representing $0.3 billion market value of commercial real estate assets (2017 – 3 acquisitions and $0.9 billion). As part of the portfolio optimization initiatives, $3.0 billion of commercial real estate assets were sold during 2018.

The composition of our real estate portfolio based on fair value is as follows:



As at December 31, ($ billions)	2018				2017
As at December 31, ($ billions)	Fair value		% of total		Fair value		% of total
CompanyOwn-Use	$	3.2		23	$	2.4		16
Office – Downtown		5.2		37		6.6		44
Office – Suburban		1.8		13		2.3		15
Industrial		0.8		6		0.9		6
Residential		1.6		12		1.7		12
Retail		0.4		2		0.3		2
Other		0.9		7		0.8		5
Total real estate⁽¹⁾	$	13.9		100	$	15.0		100

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 33

⁽¹⁾	These figures represent the fair value of the real estate portfolio. The carrying value of the portfolio was $12.8 billion and $13.8 billion at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

Power & Infrastructure

We invest both directly and through funds in a variety of industry specific asset classes, listed below. The portfolio is well diversified with over 300 portfolio companies. The portfolio is predominately invested in the U.S. and Canada, but also in the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. Our power and infrastructure holdings are as follows:



As at December 31, ($ billions)	2018				2017
As at December 31, ($ billions)	Carrying value		% of total		Carrying value		% of total
Power generation	$	3.7		47	$	3.8		52
Transportation (including roads, ports)		1.6		20		1.4		19
Electric and gas regulated utilities		1.1		14		1.2		17
Electricity transmission		0.2		2		0.2		3
Water distribution		0.2		2		0.2		2
Midstream gas infrastructure		0.4		5		0.2		4
Maintenance service, efficiency and social infrastructure		0.1		2		0.2		2
Telecommunication/Tower		0.4		5		–		–
Other Infrastructure		0.3		3		0.1		1
Total power & infrastructure	$	8.0		100	$	7.3		100

Timberland & Farmland

Our timberland and farmland assets are managed by a proprietary entity, Hancock Natural Resources Group (“HNRG”). In addition to being the world’s largest timberland investment manager for institutional investors¹, with timberland properties in the U.S., New Zealand, Australia, Chile, Canada and Brazil, HNRG also manages farmland properties in the U.S., Australia and Canada. The General Fund’s timberland portfolio comprised 26% of HNRG’s total timberland assets under management (“AUM”) (2017 – 23%). The farmland portfolio includes annual (row) crops, fruit crops, wine grapes, and nut crops. The General Fund’s holdings comprised 39% of HNRG’s total farmland AUM (2017 – 43%).

Private Equities

Our private equity portfolio of $6.8 billion (2017 – $4.9 billion) includes both directly held private equity and private equity funds. Both are diversified across vintage years and industry sectors.

Oil & Gas

This category is comprised of $1.1 billion (2017 – $1.2 billion) in our conventional Canadian oil and gas properties managed by our subsidiary, NAL Resources, and various other oil and gas private equity interests of $2.3 billion (2017 – $1.6 billion). Production mix for conventional oil and gas assets in 2018 was approximately 36% crude oil, 45% natural gas, and 19% natural gas liquids (2017 – 35%, 47%, and 18%, respectively). Private equity interests are a combination of both producing andmid-streaming assets.

In 2018, the carrying value of our oil and gas holdings increased $0.6 billion and the fair value increased by $0.7 billion, primarily driven by acquisitions.

Investment Income



For the years ended December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018			2017
Interest income	$	11,081		$	10,577
Dividend, rental and other income		2,829			2,810
Impairments		(164	)		(70	)
Other, including gains and losses on sale of AFS debt securities		(186	)		332
Investment income before realized and unrealized gains on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on macro equity hedges		13,560			13,649
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on macro equity hedges
Debt securities		(5,994	)		3,686
Public equities		(1,444	)		2,235
Mortgages and private placements		(28	)		109
Alternative long-duration assets and other investments		662			791
Derivatives, including macro equity hedging program		(2,224	)		(1,103	)
		(9,028	)		5,718
Total investment income	$	4,532		$	19,367

In 2018, the $4.5 billion of investment income (2017 – $19.4 billion) consisted of:

^∎

$13.6 billion of investment income before net realized and unrealized gains on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on macro equity hedges (2017 – $13.7 billion); and

¹	Based on the global timber investment management organization ranking in theRISI International Timberland Ownership and Investment Database.

34 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

^∎

$9.0 billion of net realized and unrealized losses on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on macro equity hedges (2017 – gains of $5.7 billion).

The $0.1 billion decrease in net investment income before unrealized and realized gains was due to $0.1 billion higher impairments on oil & gas properties and losses of $0.2 billion on surplus assets mainly from losses on debt securities (compared with $0.3 billion gains in 2017), partially offset by $0.5 billion higher interest income primarily from increased income on debt securities.

Net realized and unrealized gains on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and on the macro hedge program was a loss of $9.0 billion for full year 2018 compared with a gain of $5.7 billion for full year 2017. The full year 2018 loss largely resulted from interest rate increases in both North America and Asia. The10-yr government bonds for the U.S. and Hong Kong increased 28 bps and 20 bps, respectively. Additional losses were driven by declining equity markets as all major indices were down during the year. The S&P/TSX declined 11.6% and the S&P 500 declined 6.2%.

As the measurement of insurance and investment contract liabilities includes estimates regarding future expected investment income on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities, only the difference between themark-to-market accounting on the measurement of both assets and liabilities impacts net income. Refer to “Financial Performance” above.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 35

Risk Management

This section provides an overview of the Company’s overall risk management approach and more specific strategies for our principal risks. A more detailed description of specific risks which may affect our results of operations or financial condition may be found in the “Risk Factors” section below.

Enterprise Risk Management Framework

Delivering on our mission “Decisions made easier. Lives made better”, our ambition is to transform into the most digital, customer-centric global company in our industry, while delighting our customers, engaging our employees, and delivering superior returns for our shareholders. The activities required to achieve these results involve elements of risk taking.

Our approach to risk management is governed by our Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Framework.

LOGO

Our ERM Framework provides a structured approach to implementing risk taking and risk management activities across the enterprise, supporting our long-term revenue, earnings and capital growth strategy. It is communicated through risk policies and standards which are intended to enable consistent design and execution of strategies across the organization. We have a common approach to managing all risks to which the Company is exposed, and to evaluating potential directly comparable risk-adjusted returns on contemplated business activities. Our risk policies and standards cover:

^∎

Assignment of accountability and delegation of authority for risk oversight and risk management;

^∎

The types and levels of risk the Company seeks given its strategic plan and risk appetite;

^∎

Risk identification, measurement, assessment and mitigation which enable effective management and monitoring of risk; and

^∎

Validation, back testing and independent oversight to confirm that the Company generated the risk profile it intended and the root cause analysis of any notable variation.

Our risk management practices are influenced and impacted by external and internal factors (such as economic conditions, political environments, technology and risk culture), which can significantly impact the levels and types of risks the Company might face in its pursuit of strategically optimized risk taking and risk management. Our ERM Framework incorporates relevant impacts and mitigating actions as appropriate.

Three Lines of Defense Model

A strong risk culture and a common approach to risk management are integral to Manulife’s risk management practices. Management is responsible for managing risk within risk appetite and has established risk management strategies and monitoring practices. Our approach to risk management includes a “three lines of defense” governance model that segregates duties among risk taking activities, risk monitoring and risk oversight, and establishes appropriate accountability for those who assume risk versus those who oversee risk.

The Company’s first line of defense includes the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Segment General Managers and Global Function Heads. In our matrix reporting model, the Segment General Managers are ultimately accountable for their business results, the risks they assume to achieve those results, and for theday-to-day management of the risks and related controls, and the Global Function Heads are accountable for the management of the risks and related controls for their function.

The second line of defense is comprised of the Company’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”), the Global Risk Management (“GRM”) function, other global oversight functions and Segment CRO’s and oversight functions. Collectively, this group provides independent oversight of risk taking and risk management activities across the enterprise. Risk oversight committees, through broad-based membership, also provide oversight of risk taking and risk management activities.

The third line of defense is Audit Services, which provides independent, objective assurance that controls are effective and appropriate relative to the risk inherent in the business and that risk mitigation programs and risk oversight functions are effective in managing risks.

36 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Risk Culture

To enable the achievement of our goals and strategies, the Company requires a high-performing culture centered around six values:

^∎

Obsess about Customers – Predict their needs and do everything in your power to satisfy them.

^∎

Do the Right Thing – Act with integrity and do what you say.

^∎

Think Big – Anything is possible. We can always find a better way.

^∎

Get it Done Together – We’re surrounded by an amazing team. Do it better by working together.

^∎

Own it – Feel empowered to make decisions and take action to deliver our mission.

^∎

Share your Humanity – Build a supportive, diverse and thriving workplace.

Within this context, the Company strives for a risk aware culture, where individuals and groups are encouraged, feel comfortable and are proactive in making transparent, balanced risk-return decisions that are in the long-term interests of the Company. Management establishes practices that encourage and foster a risk aware culture that addresses the following:

^∎

Aligning personal objectives with the Company’s objectives;

^∎

Identifying and escalating risks before they become issues;

^∎

Adopting a cooperative approach that enables appropriate risk taking;

^∎

Ensuring transparency in identifying, communicating and tracking risks; and

^∎

Systematically acknowledging and surfacing material risks.

Risk Governance

The Board of Directors oversees the Company’s culture of integrity and ethics, strategic planning, risk management, and corporate governance, among other things. The Board of Directors carries out its responsibilities directly and through its four standing committees. The Board Risk Committee oversees the management of our principal risks, and our programs, policies and procedures to manage those risks. The Board Audit Committee oversees internal control over financial reporting and our finance, actuarial, internal audit and global compliance functions, serves as the conduct review committee, reviews our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and oversees the performance, qualifications and independence of our external auditors. The Management Resources and Compensation Committee oversees our global human resources strategy, policies, programs, management succession, executive compensation, and pension plan governance. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee develops our governance policies, practices and procedures, among other things.

The CEO is directly accountable to the Board of Directors for the results and operations of the Company and all risk taking activities and risk management practices required to achieve those results. The CEO is supported by the CRO as well as by the Executive Risk Committee (“ERC”). Together, they shape and promote our risk culture, guide risk taking throughout our global operations and strategically manage our overall risk profile. The ERC, along with other executive-level risk oversight committees, establishes risk policies, guides risk taking activity, monitors significant risk exposures and sponsors strategic risk management priorities throughout the organization.

GRM, under the direction of the CRO, establishes and maintains our ERM Framework and oversees the execution of individual risk management programs across the enterprise. GRM seeks to ensure a consistent enterprise-wide assessment of risk, risk-based capital and risk-adjusted returns across all operations.

The ERC approves and oversees the execution of the Company’s enterprise risk management program. It establishes and presents for approval to the Board of Directors the Company’s risk appetite and enterprise-wide risk limits and monitors our overall risk profile, including key and emerging risks and risk management activities. As part of these activities, the ERC monitors material risk exposures, endorses and reviews strategic risk management priorities, and reviews and assesses the impact of business strategies, opportunities and initiatives on our overall risk position. The ERC is supported by a number of oversightsub-committees including: Credit Committee, Product Oversight Committee, Global Asset Liability Committee, and the Operational Risk Committee. We also have segment risk committees, each with mandates similar to the ERC except with a focus at the segment as applicable.

Risk Appetite

The Company’s strategic direction drives overall risk appetite. All risk taking activities are managed within the Company’s overall risk appetite, which defines the amount and types of risks the Company is willing to assume in pursuit of its objectives. It is comprised of three components: overall risk taking philosophy, risk appetite statements, and risk limits and tolerances.

When making decisions about risk taking and risk management, the Company places a priority on the following risk management objectives:

^∎

Safeguarding the commitments and expectations established with our customers, creditors, shareholders and employees;

^∎

Supporting the successful design and delivery of customer solutions;

^∎

Prudently and effectively deploying the capital invested in the Company by shareholders with appropriate risk/return profiles; and

^∎

Protecting and/or enhancing the Company’s reputation and brand.

Risk management provides a framework for monitoring and mitigating exposures so that they are maintained within the risk appetite approved by the Board. This allows us to deploy our capital towards appropriate risk/return profiles. As an integrated component of our business model, risk management is vital in achieving our objectives and encourages organizational learning.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 37

At least annually, we establish and/or reaffirm that our risk appetite and the Company’s strategy are aligned. The risk appetite statements provide ‘guideposts’ on our appetite for identified risks, any conditions placed on associated risk taking and direction for where quantitative risk limits should be established. The Company’s risk appetite statements are as follows:

^∎

Manulife accepts a total level of risk that provides a very high level of confidence to meeting customer obligations while targeting an appropriate overall return to shareholders over time;

^∎

The Company targets a credit rating amongst the strongest of its global peers;

^∎

Manulife values innovation and encourages initiatives intended to advance the Company’s ambition to be a digital, customer-centric market leader;

^∎

Capital market risks are acceptable when they are managed within specific risk limits and tolerances;

^∎

The Company believes a diversified investment portfolio reduces overall risk and enhances returns; therefore, it accepts credit and alternative long-duration asset related risks;

^∎

The Company pursues product risks that add customer and shareholder value where there is competence to assess and monitor them, and for which appropriate compensation is received;

^∎

Manulife accepts that operational risks are an inherent part of the business when managed within thresholds and tolerances of key risk indicators and will protect its business and customers’ assets through cost-effective operational risk mitigation; and

^∎

Manulife expects its officers and employees to act in accordance with the Company’s values, ethics and standards; and to enhance its brand and reputation.

Risk limits and tolerances are established for risks within our risk classification framework that are inherent in our strategies in order to define the types and amount of risk the Company will assume. Risk tolerance levels are set for risks deemed to be most significant to the Company and are established in relation to economic capital,earnings-at-risk and regulatory capital required. The purpose of risk limits is to cascade the total Company risk appetite to a level that can be effectively managed. Manulife establishes stand-alone risk limits for risk categories to avoid excessive concentration in any individual risk category and to manage the overall risk profile of the organization.

Risk Identification, Measurement and Assessment

We have a common approach and process to identify, measure, and assess the risks we assume. We evaluate all potential new business initiatives, acquisitions, product offerings, reinsurance arrangements, and investment and financing transactions on a comparable risk-adjusted basis. Segments and functional groups are responsible for identifying and assessing key and emerging risks on an ongoing basis. A standard inventory of risks is used in all aspects of risk identification, measurement and assessment, and monitoring and reporting.

Risk exposures are evaluated using a variety of measures focused on both short-term net income attributed to shareholders and long-term economic value, with certain measures used across all risk categories, while others are applied only to some risks or a single risk type. Measures include stress tests such as sensitivity tests, scenario impact analyses and stochastic scenario modeling. In addition, qualitative risk assessments are performed, including for those risk types that cannot be reliably quantified.

We perform a variety of stress tests on earnings, regulatory capital ratios, economic capital,earnings-at-risk and liquidity that consider significant, but plausible, events. We also perform other integrated, complex scenario tests to assess key risks and the interaction of these risks.

Economic capital andearnings-at-risk provide measures of enterprise-wide risk that can be aggregated and compared across business activities and risk types. Economic capital measures the amount of capital required to meet obligations with a high andpre-defined confidence level. Ourearnings-at-risk metric measures the potential variance from quarterly expected earnings at a particular confidence level. Economic capital andearnings-at-risk are both determined using internal models.

Risk Monitoring and Reporting

Under the direction of the CRO, GRM oversees a formal process for monitoring and reporting on all significant risks at the Company-wide level. Risk exposures are also discussed at various risk oversight committees, along with any exceptions or proposed remedial actions, as required.

On at least a quarterly basis, the ERC and the Board Risk Committee reviews risk reports that present an overview of our overall risk profile and exposures across our principal risks. The reports incorporate both quantitative risk exposure measures and sensitivities, and qualitative assessments. The reports also highlight key risk management activities and facilitate monitoring compliance with key risk policy limits.

Our Chief Actuary presents the results of the Dynamic Capital Adequacy Test to the Board of Directors annually. Our Chief Auditor reports the results of internal audits of risk controls and risk management programs to the Audit Committee semi-annually. Management reviews the implementation of key risk management strategies, and their effectiveness, with the Board Risk Committee annually.

Risk Control and Mitigation

Risk control activities are in place throughout the Company to seek to mitigate risks within established risk limits. We believe our controls, which include policies, procedures, systems and processes, are appropriate and commensurate with the key risks faced at all levels across the Company. Such controls are an integral part ofday-to-day activity, business management and decision making.

38 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

GRM establishes and oversees formal review and approval processes for product offerings, insurance underwriting, reinsurance, investment activities and other material business activities, based on the nature, size and complexity of the risk taking activity involved. Authorities for assuming risk at the transaction level are delegated to specific individuals based on their skill, knowledge and experience.

Emerging Risks

The identification and assessment of our external environment for emerging risks is an important aspect of our ERM Framework, as these risks, although yet to materialize, could have the potential to have a material impact on our operations.

Our Emerging Risk Framework facilitates the ongoing identification, assessment and monitoring of emerging risks, and includes: maintaining a process that facilitates the ongoing discussion and evaluation of potential emerging risks with senior business and functional management; reviewing and validating emerging risks with the ERC; creating and executing on responses to each emerging risk based on prioritization; and monitoring and reporting on emerging risks on a regular basis.

Regulatory Capital

Effective January 1, 2018, we implemented OSFI’s new capital regime (“LICAT”) which, consistent with the previous Minimum Continuing Capital and Surplus Requirements, applies to our business world-wide on a group consolidated basis. We continue to meet OSFI’s capital requirements and maintain capital in excess of regulatory capital levels. Changes in LICAT rules for 2019 are anticipated to have immaterial impacts.

The International Association of Insurance Supervisors (“IAIS”) is expected to finalize the risk-based global Insurance Capital Standard (“ICS”) during 2019. ICS will apply to all large internationally active insurance groups, and the IAIS’s intention is to require annual reporting to OSFI on a confidential basis for five years, starting in 2020, before the standard becomes effective in 2025. The IAIS has also been developing a holistic framework to assess and mitigate insurance sector systemic risk, which includes reviewing the activities of insurers. It is not yet known how these proposals will affect capital requirements and Manulife’s competitive position given that several key items for these developments remain under discussion.

Regulators in various jurisdictions in which we operate have embarked on reforming their respective capital regulations. We have been actively involved in the industry discussions pertaining to those changes whose impact remains uncertain.

Subsidiary Remittability Risk

We upstream capital to Manulife’s parent company, MFC, to service shareholder dividends, debt interest and corporate expenses while ensuring we meet local requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Current and future regulatory rules in these jurisdictions may impact remittances (either favourably or unfavourably) depending on the final form of the regulations. Macro-economic conditions also impact remittances and our overall capital position as capital may respond differently to market conditions on a consolidated group basis (i.e. LICAT) relative to local requirements.

Updates to the Ultimate Reinvestment Rate

The Canadian Actuarial Standards Board is expected to issue new assumptions with reductions to the Ultimate Reinvestment Rate (“URR”) and updates to the calibration criteria for stochastic risk-free rates, in 2019. If issued, the new assumptions will be used in the valuation of our actuarial liabilities and therefore impact net income attributed to shareholders. At December 31, 2018, the current long-term URR for risk-free rates in Canada is prescribed at 3.2% (we currently use the same assumption for the U.S.). A 10 basis point reduction in the URR in all geographies, and a corresponding change to stochastic risk-free rate modeling, would reduce net income attributed to shareholders by $350 million(post-tax).¹

IFRS 17

IFRS 17 was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) in May 2017. At its November 2018 meeting, the IASB tentatively decided to defer the effective date by one year to January 1, 2022. The proposed deferral is subject to IASB public consultation in 2019 which is expected to result in an exposure draft followed by a public comment period.

The standard will replace IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” and will materially change the recognition and measurement of insurance contracts and the corresponding presentation and disclosures of the Company’s Financial Statements and MD&A. A summary of some of the key changes are outlined in the “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Future Accounting and Reporting Changes” section below. In addition, in certain jurisdictions, including Canada, the changes could have a material effect on tax and regulatory capital positions and other financial metrics that are dependent upon IFRS accounting values.

Liquidity Adequacy Requirements Guideline for Banks

OSFI has issued proposed changes to the Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) guideline applicable to Canadian Banks, with a target implementation date of January 1, 2020, and is currently in public consultation phase. The changes pertain to run-off assumptions built into regulatory liquidity metrics, particularly those relating to the stability of funding sources. The proposed changes could result in Manulife Bank being required to hold additional liquidity and the full impacts are yet to be determined subject to finalization and implementation of the revisions.

¹	See “Caution regarding forward-looking statements” above.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 39

General Macro-Economic Risk Factors

The global macro-economic environment has a significant impact on our financial plans and ability to implement our business strategy. The macro-economic environment can be significantly impacted by the actions of both the government sector (including central banks) and the private sector. The macro-economic environment may also be affected by natural andman-made catastrophes.

Our business strategy and associated financial plans are developed by considering forecasts of economic growth, both globally and in the specific countries we operate. Actual economic growth can be significantly impacted by the macro-economic environment and can deviate significantly from forecast, thus impacting our financial results and the ability to implement our business strategy.

Changes in the macro-economic environment can also have a significant impact on financial markets, including movements in interest rates, spreads on fixed income assets and returns on public equity and ALDA assets. Our financial plan, including income projections, capital projections, and valuation of liabilities are based on certain assumptions with respect to future movements in interest rates and spreads on fixed income assets, and expected future returns from our public equity and ALDA investments. Actual experience is highly variable and can deviate significantly from our assumptions, thus impacting our financial results. In addition, actual experience that is significantly different from our assumptions and/or changes in the macro-economic environment may result in changes to the assumptions themselves which would also impact our financial results.

Specific changes in the macro-economic environment can have very different impacts across different parts of the business. For example, a rise in interest rates is generally beneficial to us in the long term but can adversely affect valuations of some ALDA assets, especially those that have returns dependent on contractual cash flows, such as real estate.

The spending and savings patterns of our customers could be significantly influenced by the macro-economic environment and could have an impact on the products and services we offer to our customers.

Customer behaviour and emergence of claims on our liabilities can be significantly impacted by the macro-economic environment. For example, a prolonged period of economic weakness could impact the health and well-being of our customers and that could result in increased claims for certain insurance risks.

The following sections describe the risk management strategies for each of our five principal risk categories: strategic risk, market risk, credit risk, product risk and operational risk.

Strategic Risk

Strategic risk is the risk of loss resulting from the inability to adequately plan or implement an appropriate business strategy, or to adapt to change in the external business, political or regulatory environment.

Risk Management Strategy

The CEO and Executive Leadership Team establish and oversee execution of business strategies and have accountability to identify and manage the risks embedded in these strategies. They are supported by a number of processes:

^∎

Strategic business, risk and capital planning that is reviewed with the Board of Directors, Executive Leadership Team, and the ERC;

^∎

Performance and risk reviews of all key businesses with the CEO and annual reviews with the Board of Directors;

^∎

Risk-based capital attribution and allocation designed to encourage a consistent decision-making framework across the organization; and

^∎

Review and approval of significant acquisitions and divestitures by the CEO and, where appropriate, the Board of Directors.

The CEO and Executive Leadership Team are ultimately responsible for our reputation; however, our employees and representatives are responsible for conducting their business activities in a manner that upholds our reputation. This responsibility is executed through an enterprise-wide reputation risk policy that specifies the oversight responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the responsibilities of executive management, communication to and education of all directors, officers, employees and representatives, including our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and application of guiding principles in conducting all our business activities.

Environmental, Social and Governance Risks

Environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) risks may impact our investments, underwriting, or operations, and may create a risk of loss of financial, operational, legal, or brand value to Manulife.

In 2018, we established the Manulife Executive Sustainability Council (“the Council”) to anticipate, manage and oversee relevant environmental and social risks. The Council is comprised of asub-group of Manulife’s Executive Leadership Team and has a mandate to integrate environmental and social sustainability into culture, strategy, and decision-making. The Board’s Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee oversees the integration of sustainability into the core business and performance on ESG metrics.

Our enterprise-level approach to ESG risk management is captured in the Environmental Risk Policy that reflects the Company’s commitment to conducting all business activities in a manner that recognizes the need to preserve the natural environment. Business and functional units are responsible for procedures, protocols and due diligence standards to identify, monitor and manage ESG risks.

We report on ESG performance in our annual sustainability reports and other sources such as the Carbon Disclosure Project. Manulife also supports the Financial Stability Board’s Taskforce on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), and Manulife Asset

40 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Management participates in the TCFD implementation pilot convened by the United Nation’s Finance Program’s Environmental Initiative.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss resulting from market price volatility, interest rate change, credit and swap spread changes, and adverse foreign currency rate movements. Market price volatility primarily relates to changes in prices of publicly traded equities and alternative long-duration assets. Liquidity risk, which we manage as a form of market risk, is the risk of not having access to sufficient funds or liquid assets to meet both expected and unexpected cash outflows and collateral demands.

IFRS 7 Disclosures

The shaded text and tables in this section and the following section (“Market Risk Sensitivities and Market Risk Exposure Measures”) of this MD&A represent our disclosure on market and liquidity risk in accordance with IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments – Disclosures,” and include a discussion on how we measure risk and our objectives, policies and methodologies for managing these risks. Therefore, the following shaded text and tables represent an integral part of our audited annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The fact that certain text and tables are considered an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements does not imply that the disclosures are of any greater importance than the sections not part of the disclosure. Accordingly, the “Risk Management” disclosure should be read in its entirety.

Market Risk Management Strategy

Market risk management strategy is governed by the Global Asset Liability Committee which oversees the overall market and liquidity risk program. Our overall strategy to manage our market risks incorporates several component strategies, each targeted to manage one or more of the market risks arising from our businesses. At an enterprise level, these strategies are designed to manage our aggregate exposures to market risks against limits associated with earnings and capital volatility.

The following table outlines our key market risks and identifies the risk management strategies which contribute to managing these risks.

Risk Management Strategy

Key Market Risk

Publicly
Traded Equity
Performance
Risk

Interest Rate
and Spread
Risk

Alternative
Long-Duration
Asset
Performance
Risk

Foreign
Exchange Risk

Liquidity Risk

Product design and pricing

✓

Variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging

✓

Macro equity risk hedging

✓

Asset liability management

✓

Foreign exchange management

✓

Liquidity risk management

✓

Publicly Traded Equity Performance Risk: To reduce publicly traded equity performance risk, we primarily use a variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy which is complemented by a general macro equity risk hedging strategy. Our strategies employed for variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging and macro equity risk hedging expose the Company to additional risks. See “Risk Factors” below.

Interest Rate and Spread Risk: In general, to seek to reduce interest rate risk, we manage the duration of our fixed income investments in our liability and Corporate and Other segments by executing interest rate hedges.

ALDA Performance Risk: We seek to limit concentration risk associated with ALDA performance by investing in a diversified basket of assets including commercial real estate, timber, farmland, private equities, infrastructure, and oil and gas assets. We further diversify risk by managing investments against established investment and risk limits.

Foreign Exchange Risk: Our policy is to generally match the currency of our assets with the currency of the liabilities they support. Where assets and liabilities are not currency matched, we seek to hedge this exposure where appropriate to stabilize our capital positions and remain within our enterprise foreign exchange risk limits through the use of financial instruments such as derivatives.

Liquidity Risk: Our liquidity risk management framework is designed to provide adequate liquidity to cover cash and collateral obligations as they come due, and to sustain and grow operations in both normal and stressed conditions. We seek to mitigate liquidity risk by diversifying our business across different products, markets, geographical regions and policyholders. We design insurance products to encourage policyholders to maintain their policiesin-force, to help generate a diversified and stable flow of recurring premium income. We design the policyholder termination features of our wealth management products and related investment strategies with the goal of mitigating the financial exposure and liquidity risk related to unexpected policyholder terminations. We establish and implement investment strategies intended to match the term profile of the assets to the liabilities they support, taking into account the potential for unexpected policyholder terminations and resulting liquidity needs. We have in place contingent liquidity plans that further mitigate this risk.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 41

Product Design and Pricing Strategy

Our policies, standards, and standards of practice with respect to product design and pricing are designed with the objective of aligning our product offerings with our risk taking philosophy and risk appetite, and in particular, that incremental risk generated from new sales aligns with our strategic risk objectives and risk limits. The specific design features of our product offerings, including level of benefit guarantees, policyholder options, fund offerings and availability restrictions as well as our associated investment strategies, help to mitigate the level of underlying risk. We regularly review and modify key features within our product offerings, including premiums and fee charges with a goal of meeting profit targets and staying within risk limits. Certain of our general fund adjustable benefit products have minimum rate guarantees. The rate guarantees for any particular policy are set at the time the policy is issued and governed by insurance regulation in each jurisdiction where the products are sold. The contractual provisions allow crediting rates to bere-set atpre-established intervals subject to the established minimum crediting rate guarantees. The Company may partially mitigate the interest rate exposure by setting new rates on new business and by adjusting rates onin-force business where permitted. In addition, the Company partially mitigates this interest rate risk through its asset liability management process, product design elements, and crediting rate strategies. New product initiatives, new reinsurance arrangements and material insurance underwriting initiatives must be reviewed and approved by the CRO or key individuals within risk management functions.

Hedging Strategies for Variable Annuity and Other Equity Risks

The Company’s exposure to movement in public equity market values primarily arises from variable annuity guarantees and to a smaller extent from asset-based fees and general fund public equity holdings.

Dynamic hedging is the primary hedging strategy for variable annuity market risks. Dynamic hedging is employed for new variable annuity guarantees business when written or as soon as practical thereafter.

We seek to manage public equity risk arising from other sources (not dynamically hedged) through our macro equity risk hedging strategy. We seek to manage interest rate risk arising from variable annuity business not dynamically hedged within our asset liability management strategy.

Variable Annuity Dynamic Hedging Strategy

The variable annuity dynamic hedging strategy is designed to hedge the sensitivity of variable annuity guarantee policy liabilities and available capital to fund performance (both public equity and bond funds) and interest rate movements. The objective of the variable annuity dynamic hedging strategy is to offset, as closely as possible, the change in the economic value of guarantees with the profit and loss from our hedge asset portfolio. The economic value of guarantees moves in close tandem, but not exactly, with our variable annuity guarantee policy liabilities, as it reflects best estimate liabilities and does not include any liability provisions for adverse deviations.

Our current variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging approach is to short exchange-traded equity index and government bond futures and execute currency futures and lengthening interest rate swaps to hedge sensitivity of policy liabilities to fund performance and interest rate movements arising from variable annuity guarantees. We dynamically rebalance these hedge instruments as market conditions change, in order to maintain the hedged position within established limits. Other derivative instruments (such as equity and interest rate options) are also utilized and we may consider the use of additional hedge instruments opportunistically in the future.

Our variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy is not designed to completely offset the sensitivity of policy liabilities to all risks associated with the guarantees embedded in these products. The profit (loss) on the hedge instruments will not completely offset the underlying losses (gains) related to the guarantee liabilities hedged because:

^∎

Policyholder behaviour and mortality experience are not hedged;

^∎

Provisions for adverse deviation in the policy liabilities are not hedged;

^∎

A portion of interest rate risk is not hedged;

^∎

Credit spreads may widen and actions might not be taken to adjust accordingly;

^∎

Fund performance on a small portion of the underlying funds is not hedged due to lack of availability of effective exchange-traded hedge instruments;

^∎

Performance of the underlying funds hedged may differ from the performance of the corresponding hedge instruments;

^∎

Correlations between interest rates and equity markets could lead to unfavourable material impacts;

^∎

Unfavourable hedge rebalancing costs can be incurred during periods of high volatility from equity markets, bond markets and/or interest rates. The impact is magnified when these impacts occur concurrently; and

^∎

Not all other risks are hedged.

42 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Macro Equity Risk Hedging Strategy

The objective of the macro equity risk hedging program is to maintain our overall earnings sensitivity to public equity market movements within our Board approved risk appetite limits. The macro equity risk hedging program is designed to hedge earnings sensitivity due to movements in public equity markets arising from all sources (outside of dynamically hedged exposures). Sources of equity market sensitivity addressed by the macro equity risk hedging program include:

^∎

Residual equity and currency exposure from variable annuity guarantees not dynamically hedged;

^∎

General fund equity holdings backingnon-participating liabilities; and

^∎

Unhedged provisions for adverse deviation related to variable annuity guarantees dynamically hedged.

Asset Liability Management Strategy

Our asset liability management strategy is designed to help ensure that the market risks embedded in our assets and liabilities held in the Company’s general fund are effectively managed and that risk exposures arising from these assets and liabilities are maintained within risk limits. The embedded market risks include risks related to the level and movement of interest rates and credit and swap spreads, public equity market performance, ALDA performance and foreign exchange rate movements.

General fund product liabilities are categorized into groups with similar characteristics in order to support them with a specific asset strategy. We seek to align the asset strategy for each group to the premium and benefit pattern, policyholder options and guarantees, and crediting rate strategies of the products they support. Similar strategies are established for assets in the Company’s surplus account. The strategies are set using portfolio analysis techniques intended to optimize returns, subject to considerations related to regulatory and economic capital requirements, and risk tolerances. They are designed to achieve broad diversification across asset classes and individual investment risks while being suitably aligned with the liabilities they support. The strategies encompass asset mix, quality rating, term profile, liquidity, currency and industry concentration targets.

Products which feature guaranteed liability cash flows (i.e. where the projected net flows are not materially dependent upon economic scenarios) are managed to a target return investment strategy. The products backed by this asset group include:

^∎

Accumulation annuities (other than annuities with pass-through features), which are primarilyshort-to-medium-term obligations and offer interest rate guarantees for specified terms on single premiums. Withdrawals may or may not have market value adjustments;

^∎

Payout annuities, which have no surrender options and include predictable and very long-dated obligations; and

^∎

Insurance products, with recurring premiums extending many years in the future, and which also include a significant component of very long-dated obligations.

We seek to manage the assets backing these long-dated benefits to achieve a target return sufficient to support the obligations over their lifetime, subject to established risk tolerances, by investing in a basket of diversified alternative long-duration assets, which may include public equity investments (“ALDA and public equity”), with the balance invested in fixed income. Utilizing ALDA and public equity investments provides a suitable match for long-duration liabilities that also enhances long-term investment returns and reduces aggregate risk through diversification.

Fixed income assets are managed to a benchmark developed to minimize interest rate risk against the liability cash flows not supported by ALDA and public equity investments, and to achieve target returns/spreads required to preserve long-term interest rate investment assumptions used in liability pricing.

For insurance and annuity products where significant pass-through features exist, a total return strategy approach is used, generally combining fixed income with ALDA plus public equity investments. ALDA and public equity may be included to enhance long-term investment returns and reduce aggregate risk through diversification. Target investment strategies are established using portfolio analysis techniques that seek to optimize long-term investment returns while considering the risks related to embedded product guarantees and policyholder withdrawal options, the impact of regulatory and economic capital requirements and management tolerances with respect to short-term income volatility and long-term tail risk exposure. For these pass-through products such as participating insurance and universal life insurance and fixed deferred annuities, the investment performance of assets supporting the liabilities will be largely passed through to policyholders as changes in the amounts of dividends declared or rates of interest credited, subject to embedded minimum guarantees. Shorter duration liabilities such as fixed deferred annuities do not incorporate ALDA plus public equity into their target asset mixes. Authority to manage our investment portfolios is delegated to investment professionals who manage to benchmarks derived from the target investment strategies established for each group, including interest rate risk tolerances.

Our asset liability management strategy incorporates a wide variety of risk measurement, risk mitigation and risk management, and hedging processes. The liabilities and risks to which the Company is exposed, however, cannot be completely matched or hedged due to both limitations on instruments available in investment markets and uncertainty of impact on liability cash flows from policyholder experience/behaviour.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 43

Foreign Exchange Risk Management Strategy

Our policy is to generally match the currency of our assets with the currency of the liabilities they support. Where assets and liabilities are not currency matched, we seek to hedge this exposure where appropriate to stabilize our capital positions and remain within our enterprise foreign exchange risk limits through the use of financial instruments such as derivatives.

Risk from small balance sheet mismatches is accepted if managed within set risk limits. Risk exposures are measured in terms of potential changes in capital ratios, due to foreign exchange rate movements, determined to represent a specified likelihood of occurrence based on internal models.

Liquidity Risk Management Strategy

Global liquidity management policies and procedures are designed to provide adequate liquidity to cover cash and collateral obligations as they come due, and to sustain and grow operations in both normal and stressed conditions. They reflect legal, regulatory, tax, operational or economic impediments to inter-entity funding. The asset mix of our balance sheet takes into account the need to hold adequate unencumbered and appropriate liquid assets to satisfy the requirements arising under stressed scenarios and to allow our liquidity ratios to remain strong. We manage liquidity centrally and closely monitor the liquidity positions of our principal subsidiaries.

We seek to mitigate liquidity risk by diversifying our business across different products, markets, geographical regions and policyholders. We design insurance products to encourage policyholders to maintain their policiesin-force, to help generate a diversified and stable flow of recurring premium income. We design the policyholder termination features of our wealth management products and related investment strategies with the goal of mitigating the financial exposure and liquidity risk related to unexpected policyholder terminations. We establish and implement investment strategies intended to match the term profile of the assets to the liabilities they support, taking into account the potential for unexpected policyholder terminations and resulting liquidity needs. Liquid assets represent a large portion of our total assets. We aim to reduce liquidity risk in our deposit funded businesses by diversifying our funding sources and appropriately managing the term structure of our funding. We forecast and monitor daily operating liquidity and cash movements in various individual entities and operations as well as centrally, aiming to ensure liquidity is available and cash is employed optimally.

We also maintain centralized cash pools and access to other sources of liquidity and contingent liquidity such as repurchase funding agreements. Our centralized cash pool consists of cash or near-cash, high quality short-term investments that are continually monitored for their credit quality and market liquidity.

We have established a variety of contingent liquidity sources. We maintain a $500 million committed unsecured revolving credit facility with certain Canadian chartered banks available for MFC, and a US$500 million committed unsecured revolving credit facility with certain U.S. banks available for MFC and certain of its subsidiaries. There were no outstanding borrowings under these credit facilities as of December 31, 2018. In addition, John Hancock (“JH”) USA is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLBI”), which enables the Company to obtain loans from FHLBI as an alternative source of liquidity that is collaterizable by qualifying mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury and Agency securities. Based on regulatory limitations, as of December 31, 2018, JHUSA had an estimated maximum borrowing capacity of US$3.8 billion under the FHLBI facility, with no amounts outstanding.

The following table outlines the maturity of the Company’s significant financial liabilities.

Maturity of financial liabilities⁽¹⁾

As at December 31, 2018

($ millions)

Less than
1 year

1 to 3
years

3 to 5
years

Over 5
years

Total

Long-term debt

–

681

–

4,088

4,769

Capital instruments

–

8,732

Derivatives

359

229

227

6,988

7,803

Deposits from Bank clients⁽²⁾

15,351

2,147

2,185

19,684

Lease obligations

129

203

150

575

⁽¹⁾	The amounts shown above are net of the related unamortized deferred issue costs.

⁽²⁾

Carrying value and fair value of deposits from Bank clients as at December 31, 2018 was $19,684 million and $19,731 million, respectively (2017 – $18,131 million and $18,149 million, respectively). Fair value is determined by discounting contractual cash flows, using market interest rates currently offered for deposits with similar terms and conditions. All deposits from Bank clients were categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy (2017 – Level 2).

Through the normal course of business, pledging of assets is required to comply with jurisdictional regulatory and other requirements including collateral pledged to partially mitigate derivative counterparty credit risk, assets pledged to exchanges as initial margin and assets held as collateral for repurchase funding agreements. Total unencumbered assets were $427.9 billion as at December 31, 2018 (2017 – $396.8 billion).

44 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Market Risk Sensitivities and Market Risk Exposure Measures

Variable Annuity and Segregated Fund Guarantees Sensitivities and Risk Exposure Measures

Guarantees on variable annuity products and segregated funds may include one or more of death, maturity, income and withdrawal guarantees. Variable annuity and segregated fund guarantees are contingent and only payable upon the occurrence of the relevant event, if fund values at that time are below guaranteed values. Depending on future equity market levels, liabilities on currentin-force business would be due primarily in the period from 2019 to 2039.

We seek to mitigate a portion of the risks embedded in our retained (i.e. net of reinsurance) variable annuity and segregated fund guarantee business through the combination of our dynamic and macro hedging strategies (see “Publicly Traded Equity Performance Risk” below).

The table below shows selected information regarding the Company’s variable annuity and segregated fund investment-related guarantees gross and net of reinsurance.

Variable annuity and segregated fund guarantees, net of reinsurance


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018						2017
As at December 31, ($ millions)	Guarantee value		Fund value		Amount at risk^(4),(5)		Guarantee value		Fund value		Amount at risk^(4),(5)
Guaranteed minimum income benefit⁽¹⁾	$	5,264	$	3,675	$	1,593	$	5,201	$	4,195	$	1,074
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit		60,494		49,214		11,388		61,767		56,512		5,943
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit		18,611		18,720		141		18,162		18,705		11
Gross living benefits⁽²⁾		84,369		71,609		13,122		85,130		79,412		7,028
Gross death benefits⁽³⁾		10,663		14,654		1,567		10,743		16,973		1,001
Total gross of reinsurance		95,032		86,263		14,689		95,873		96,385		8,029
Living benefits reinsured		4,515		3,173		1,343		4,522		3,667		911
Death benefits reinsured		2,353		2,070		493		3,014		3,040		435
Total reinsured		6,868		5,243		1,836		7,536		6,707		1,346
Total, net of reinsurance	$	88,164	$	81,020	$	12,853	$	88,337	$	89,678	$	6,683

⁽¹⁾	Contracts with guaranteed long-term care benefits are included in this category.

⁽²⁾	Where a policy includes both living and death benefits, the guarantee in excess of the living benefit is included in the death benefit category as outlined in footnote 3.

⁽³⁾	Death benefits include stand-alone guarantees and guarantees in excess of living benefit guarantees where both death and living benefits are provided on a policy.

⁽⁴⁾

Amount at risk(in-the-money amount) is the excess of guarantee values over fund values on all policies where the guarantee value exceeds the fund value. This amount is not currently payable. For guaranteed minimum death benefit, the amount at risk is defined as the current guaranteed minimum death benefit in excess of the current account balance. For guaranteed minimum income benefit, the amount at risk is defined as the excess of the current annuitization income base over the current account value. For all guarantees, the amount at risk is floored at zero at the single contract level.

⁽⁵⁾

The amount at risk net of reinsurance at December 31, 2018 was $12,853 million (2017 – $6,683 million) of which: US$6,899 million (2017 – US$3,982 million) was on our U.S. business, $2,654 million (2017 – $1,342 million) was on our Canadian business, US$332 million (2017 – US$95 million) was on our Japan business and US$246 million (2017 – US$181 million) was related to Asia (other than Japan) and ourrun-off reinsurance business.

Investment categories for variable contracts with guarantees

Variable contracts with guarantees, including variable annuities and variable life, are invested, at the policyholder’s discretion subject to contract limitations, in various fund types within the segregated fund accounts and other investments. The account balances by investment category are set out below.


As at December 31, ($ millions) Investment category	2018		2017
Equity funds	$	43,528	$	47,508
Balanced funds		41,625		47,369
Bond funds		12,309		13,095
Money market funds		2,107		1,905
Other fixed interest rate investments		1,997		1,777
Total	$	101,566	$	111,654

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 45

Caution Related to Sensitivities

In the sections that follow, we provide sensitivities and risk exposure measures for certain risks. These include sensitivities due to specific changes in market prices and interest rate levels projected using internal models as at a specific date and are measured relative to a starting level reflecting the Company’s assets and liabilities at that date and the actuarial factors, investment activity and investment returns assumed in the determination of policy liabilities. The risk exposures measure the impact of changing one factor at a time and assume that all other factors remain unchanged. Actual results can differ significantly from these estimates for a variety of reasons including the interaction among these factors when more than one changes; changes in actuarial and investment return and future investment activity assumptions; actual experience differing from the assumptions, changes in business mix, effective tax rates and other market factors; and the general limitations of our internal models. For these reasons, the sensitivities should only be viewed as directional estimates of the underlying sensitivities for the respective factors based on the assumptions outlined below. Given the nature of these calculations, we cannot provide assurance that the actual impact on net income attributed to shareholders

or on MLI’s LICAT total ratio will be as indicated. Market movements affect LICAT capital sensitivities both through income and other

components of the regulatory capital framework. For example, LICAT is affected by changes to other comprehensive income.

Publicly Traded Equity Performance Risk Sensitivities and Exposure Measures

As outlined above, the macro hedging strategy is designed to mitigate public equity risk arising from variable annuity guarantees not dynamically hedged and from other products and fees. In addition, our variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy is not designed to completely offset the sensitivity of policy liabilities to all risks associated with the guarantees embedded in these products.

The table below shows the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders resulting from an immediate 10%, 20% and 30% change in market values of publicly traded equities followed by a return to the expected level of growth assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities. If market values were to remain flat for an entire year, the potential impact would be roughly equivalent to an immediate decline in market values equal to the expected level of annual growth assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities. Further, if after market values dropped 10%, 20% or 30% they continued to decline, remained flat, or grew more slowly than assumed in the valuation the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders could be considerably more than shown. Refer to “Sensitivity of Earnings to Changes in Assumptions” for more information on the level of growth assumed and on the net income sensitivity to changes in these long-term assumptions. The potential impact is shown after taking into account the impact of the change in markets on the hedge assets. While we cannot reliably estimate the amount of the change in dynamically hedged variable annuity guarantee liabilities that will not be offset by the profit or loss on the dynamic hedge assets, we make certain assumptions for the purposes of estimating the impact on net income attributed to shareholders.

This estimate assumes that the performance of the dynamic hedging program would not completely offset the gain/loss from the dynamically hedged variable annuity guarantee liabilities. It assumes that the hedge assets are based on the actual position at the period end, and that equity hedges in the dynamic program are rebalanced at 5% intervals. In addition, we assume that the macro hedge assets are rebalanced in line with market changes.

It is also important to note that these estimates are illustrative, and that the hedging program may underperform these estimates, particularly during periods of high realized volatility and/or periods where both interest rates and equity market movements are unfavourable.

The Standards of Practice for the valuation of insurance contract liabilities and guidance published by the CIA constrain the investment return assumptions for public equities and certain ALDA assets based on historical return benchmarks for public equities. The potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders does not take into account possible changes to investment return assumptions resulting from the impact of declines in public equity market values on these historical return benchmarks.

46 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Potential immediate impact on net income attributed to shareholders arising from changes to public equity returns^(1),(2),(3)


As at December 31, 2018 ($ millions)	-30%			-20%			-10%			+10%			+20%			+30%
Underlying sensitivity to net income attributed to shareholders⁽⁴⁾
Variable annuity guarantees	$	(3,650	)	$	(2,240	)	$	(1,040	)	$	890		$	1,610		$	2,170
Asset based fees (annualized)		(480	)		(320	)		(160	)		160			320			480
General fund equity investments⁽⁵⁾		(1,150	)		(780	)		(390	)		290			580			860
Total underlying sensitivity before hedging		(5,280	)		(3,340	)		(1,590	)		1,340			2,510			3,510
Impact of macro and dynamic hedge assets⁽⁶⁾		3,110			1,940			910			(820	)		(1,450	)		(1,930	)
Net potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders after impact of hedging	$	(2,170	)	$	(1,400	)	$	(680	)	$	520		$	1,060		$	1,580

As at December 31, 2017 ($ millions)	-30%			-20%			-10%			+10%			+20%			+30%
Underlying sensitivity to net income attributed to shareholders⁽⁴⁾
Variable annuity guarantees	$	(3,940	)	$	(2,260	)	$	(960	)	$	670		$	1,110		$	1,410
Asset based fees (annualized)		(510	)		(340	)		(170	)		170			340			510
General fund equity investments⁽⁵⁾		(930	)		(590	)		(270	)		270			540			810
Total underlying sensitivity before hedging		(5,380	)		(3,190	)		(1,400	)		1,110			1,990			2,730
Impact of macro and dynamic hedge assets⁽⁶⁾		3,220			1,850			790			(640	)		(1,100	)		(1,410	)
Net potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders after impact of hedging	$	(2,160	)	$	(1,340	)	$	(610	)	$	470		$	890		$	1,320

⁽¹⁾

See “Caution Related to Sensitivities” above.

⁽²⁾

The tables show the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders resulting from an immediate 10%, 20% and 30% change in market values of publicly traded equities followed by a return to the expected level of growth assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities.

⁽³⁾

Please refer to “Sensitivity of Earnings to Changes in Assumptions” for more information on the level of growth assumed and on the net income sensitivity to changes in these long-term assumptions.

⁽⁴⁾

Defined as earnings sensitivity to a change in public equity markets including settlements on reinsurance contracts, but before the offset of hedge assets or other risk mitigants.

⁽⁵⁾

This impact for general fund equities is calculated as at apoint-in-time and does not include: (i) any potential impact on public equity weightings; (ii) any gains or losses on AFS public equities held in the Corporate and Other segment; or (iii) any gains or losses on public equity investments held in Manulife Bank. The participating policy funds are largely self-supporting and generate no material impact on net income attributed to shareholders as a result of changes in equity markets.

⁽⁶⁾

Includes the impact of rebalancing equity hedges in the macro and dynamic hedging program. The impact of dynamic hedge rebalancing represents the impact of rebalancing equity hedges for dynamically hedged variable annuity guarantee best estimate liabilities at 5% intervals but does not include any impact in respect of other sources of hedge ineffectiveness (e.g. fund tracking, realized volatility and equity, interest rate correlations different from expected among other factors).

Changes in equity markets impact our available and required components of the LICAT total ratio. The following table shows the potential impact to MLI’s LICAT total ratio resulting from changes in public equity market values.

Potential immediate impact on MLI’s LICAT total ratio arising from public equity returns different than the expected return for policy liability valuation^(1),(2),(3)


	Impact on MLI’s LICAT total ratio
Percentage points	-30%			-20%			-10%			+10%		+20%		+30%
December 31, 2018		(6	)		(4	)		(2	)		1		5		7
March 31, 2018		(6	)		(4	)		(2	)		2		4		6

⁽¹⁾	See “Caution Related to Sensitivities” above. In addition, estimates exclude changes to the net actuarial gains/losses with respect to the Company’s pension obligations as a result of changes in equity markets, as the impact on the quoted sensitivities is not considered to be material.

⁽²⁾

The potential impact is shown assuming that the change in value of the hedge assets does not completely offset the change in the dynamically hedged variable annuity guarantee liabilities. The estimated amount that would not be completely offset relates to our practices of not hedging the provisions for adverse deviation and of rebalancing equity hedges for dynamically hedged variable annuity liabilities at 5% intervals.

⁽³⁾	OSFI rules for segregated fund guarantees reflect full capital impacts of shocks over 20 quarters within a prescribed range. As such, the deterioration in equity markets could lead to further increases in capital requirements after the initial shock.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 47

Interest Rate and Spread Risk Sensitivities and Exposure Measures

At December 31, 2018, we estimated the sensitivity of our net income attributed to shareholders to a 50 basis point parallel decline in interest rates to be a charge of $100 million, and to a 50 basis point increase in interest rates to be a benefit of $100 million.

The table below shows the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders from a 50 basis point parallel move in interest rates. This includes a change of 50 basis points in current government, swap and corporate rates for all maturities across all markets with no change in credit spreads between government, swap and corporate rates, and with a floor of zero on government rates where government rates are not currently negative, relative to the rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities, including embedded derivatives. For variable annuity guarantee liabilities that are dynamically hedged, it is assumed that interest rate hedges are rebalanced at 20 basis point intervals.

As the sensitivity to a 50 basis point change in interest rates includes any associated change in the applicable reinvestment scenarios, the impact of changes to interest rates for less than, or more than 50 basis points is unlikely to be linear. Furthermore, our sensitivities are not consistent across all regions in which we operate, and the impact of yield curve changes will vary depending upon the geography where the change occurs. Reinvestment assumptions used in the valuation of policy liabilities tend to amplify the negative effects of a decrease in interest rates and dampen the positive effects of interest rate increases. This is because the reinvestment assumptions used in the valuation of our insurance liabilities are based on interest rate scenarios and calibration criteria set by the Canadian Actuarial Standards Board, while our interest rate hedges are valued using current market interest rates. Therefore, in any particular quarter, changes to the reinvestment assumptions are not fully aligned to changes in current market interest rates especially when there is a significant change in the shape of the interest rate curve. As a result, the impact fromnon-parallel movements may be materially different from the estimated impact of parallel movements. For example, if long-term interest rates increase more than short-term interest rates (sometimes referred to as a steepening of the yield curve) in North America, the decrease in the value of our swaps may be greater than the decrease in the value of our insurance liabilities. This could result in a charge to net income attributed to shareholders in the short-term even though the rising and steepening of the yield curve, if sustained, may have a positive long-term economic impact.

The potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders does not take into account any future potential changes to our URR assumptions or calibration criteria for stochastic risk-free rates or other potential impacts of lower interest rate levels, for example, increased strain on the sale of new business or lower interest earned on our surplus assets. The impact also does not reflect any unrealized gains or losses on AFS fixed income assets held in our Corporate and Other segment. Changes in the market value of these assets may provide a natural economic offset to the interest rate risk arising from our product liabilities. In order for there to also be an accounting offset, the Company would need to realize a portion of the AFS fixed income asset unrealized gains or losses. It is not certain we would crystallize any of the unrealized gains or losses available.

The impact does not reflect any potential effect of changing interest rates to the value of our ALDA assets. Rising interest rates could negatively impact the value of our ALDA assets (see “Critical Accounting and Actuarial Policies – Fair Value of Invested Assets”, below). More information on ALDA can be found under the section “Alternative Long-Duration Asset Performance Risk Sensitivities and Exposure Measures”, below.

Under LICAT, changes in unrealized gains or losses in our AFS bond portfolio resulting from interest rate shocks tend to dominate capital sensitivities. As a result, the reduction in interest rates improves LICAT total ratios and vice-versa.

The following table shows the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders including the change in the market value of AFS fixed income assets held in our Corporate and Other segment, which could be realized through the sale of these assets.

48 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders and MLI’s LICAT total ratio of an immediate parallel change in interest rates relative to rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities^{(1),(2),(3),(4)}



	2018						2017
As at December 31,	-50bp			+50bp			-50bp			+50bp
Net income attributed to shareholders ($ millions)
Excluding change in market value of AFS fixed income assets held in the Corporate and Other segment	$	(100	)	$	100		$	(200	)	$	100
From fair value changes in AFS fixed income assets held in the Corporate and Other segment, if realized		1,600			(1,500	)		1,100			(1,000	)

MLI’s LICAT total ratio (Percentage points)
LICAT total ratio change in percentage points⁽⁵⁾		3			(3	)		n/a			n/a

⁽¹⁾

See “Caution Related to Sensitivities” above. In addition, estimates exclude changes to the net actuarial gains/losses with respect to the Company’s pension obligations as a result of changes in interest rates, as the impact on the quoted sensitivities is not considered to be material.

⁽²⁾

Includes guaranteed insurance and annuity products, including variable annuity contracts as well as adjustable benefit products where benefits are generally adjusted as interest rates and investment returns change, a portion of which have minimum credited rate guarantees. For adjustable benefit products subject to minimum rate guarantees, the sensitivities are based on the assumption that credited rates will be floored at the minimum.

⁽³⁾

The amount of gain or loss that can be realized on AFS fixed income assets held in the Corporate and Other segment will depend on the aggregate amount of unrealized gain or loss.

⁽⁴⁾

Sensitivities are based on projected asset and liability cash flows and the impact of realizing fair value changes in AFS fixed income is based on the holdings at the end of the period.

⁽⁵⁾

Includes all LICAT impacts, including realized and unrealized fair value changes in AFS fixed income assets. The LICAT ratio is not applicable before January 1, 2018.

The $100 million decrease in sensitivity to a 50 basis point decline in interest rates from December 31, 2017 was primarily due to purchases of fixed income assets from sales of ALDA (due to reducing the allocation to ALDA in our portfolio asset mix) in the U.S., which reduced the reinvestment exposure to interest rates.

The following tables show the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders resulting from a change in corporate spreads and swap spreads over government bond rates for all maturities across all markets with a floor of zero on the total interest rate, relative to the spreads assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities.

Potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders and MLI’s LICAT total ratio arising from changes to corporate spreads and swap spreads^(1),(2),(3)



Corporate spreads^(4),(5)	2018						2017
As at December 31,	-50bp			+50bp			-50bp			+50bp
Net income attributed to shareholders ($ millions)	$	(600	)	$	600		$	(1,000	)	$	1,000
MLI’s LICAT total ratio (change percentage points)⁽⁶⁾		(6	)		6			n/a			n/a

Swap spreads	2018						2017
As at December 31,	-20bp			+20bp			-20bp			+20bp
Net income attributed to shareholders ($ millions)		$ 100		$	(100	)	$	400		$	(400	)
MLI’s LICAT total ratio (change percentage points)⁽⁶⁾		nil			nil			n/a			n/a

⁽¹⁾

See “Caution Related to Sensitivities” above.

⁽²⁾

The impact on net income attributed to shareholders assumes no gains or losses are realized on our AFS fixed income assets held in the Corporate and Other segment and excludes the impact of changes in segregated fund bond values due to changes in credit spreads. The participating policy funds are largely self-supporting and generate no material impact on net income attributed to shareholders as a result of changes in corporate and swap spreads.

⁽³⁾

Sensitivities are based on projected asset and liability cash flows.

⁽⁴⁾

Corporate spreads are assumed to grade to the long-term average over five years.

⁽⁵⁾

As the sensitivity to a 50 basis point decline in corporate spreads includes the impact of a change in deterministic reinvestment scenarios where applicable, the impact of changes to corporate spreads for less than, or more than, the amounts indicated are unlikely to be linear.

⁽⁶⁾

Includes all LICAT impacts, including realized and unrealized fair value changes in AFS fixed income assets. Under LICAT, spread movements are determined from a selection of investment grade bond indices with BBB and better bonds for each jurisdiction. For LICAT, we use the following indices: FTSE TMX Canada All Corporate Bond Index, Barclays USD Liquid Investment Grade Corporate Index, and Nomura-BPI (Japan). The LICAT ratio is not applicable before January 1, 2018.

The $400 million decrease in the sensitivity to a 50 basis point decline in corporate spreads from December 31, 2017 was primarily due to purchases of fixed income assets from sales of ALDA (due to reducing the allocation to ALDA in our portfolio asset mix) in the U.S., which reduced the reinvestment exposure to corporate spreads.

Swap spreads remain at low levels, and if they were to rise, this could generate material charges to net income attributed to shareholders. Swap spread sensitivity decreased primarily due to additional shortening swaps put in place.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 49

Alternative Long-Duration Asset Performance Risk Sensitivities and Exposure Measures

The following table shows the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders resulting from an immediate 10% change in market values of ALDA followed by a return to the expected level of growth assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities. If market values were to remain flat for an entire year, the potential impact would be roughly equivalent to an immediate decline in market values equal to the expected level of annual growth assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities. Further, if after market values dropped 10% they continued to decline, remained flat, or grew more slowly than assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities, the potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders could be considerably more than shown. Refer to “Sensitivity of Earnings to Changes in Assumptions” below, for more information on the level of growth assumed and on the net income sensitivity to changes in these long-term assumptions.

ALDA includes commercial real estate, timber and farmland real estate, oil and gas direct holdings, and private equities, some of which relate to oil and gas.

Potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders arising from changes in ALDA returns^{(1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6)}



As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018					2017
As at December 31, ($ millions)	-10%			+10%		-10%			+10%
Real estate, agriculture and timber assets	$	(1,300	)	$	1,200	$	(1,300	)	$	1,300
Private equities and other ALDA		(1,600	)		1,600		(1,500	)		1,400
Alternative long-duration assets	$	(2,900	)	$	2,800	$	(2,800	)	$	2,700

⁽¹⁾

See “Caution Related to Sensitivities” above.

⁽²⁾

This impact is calculated as at apoint-in-time impact and does not include: (i) any potential impact on ALDA weightings or (ii) any gains or losses on ALDA held in the Corporate and Other segment.

⁽³⁾

The participating policy funds are largely self-supporting and generate no material impact on net income attributed to shareholders as a result of changes in ALDA returns. For some classes of ALDA, where there is not an appropriate long-term benchmark available, the return assumptions used in valuation are not permitted by the Standards of Practice and CIA guidance to result in a lower reserve than an assumption based on a historical return benchmark for public equities in the same jurisdiction.

⁽⁴⁾

Net income impact does not consider any impact of the market correction on assumed future return assumptions.

⁽⁵⁾

Please refer to “Sensitivity of Earnings to Changes in Assumptions” below, for more information on the level of growth assumed and on the net income sensitivity to changes in these long-term assumptions.

⁽⁶⁾

The impact of changes to the portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy business are reflected in the sensitivities when the changes take place.

Foreign Exchange Risk Sensitivities and Exposure Measures

We generally match the currency of our assets with the currency of the insurance and investment contract liabilities they support, with the objective of mitigating risk of loss arising from currency exchange rate changes. As at December 31, 2018, we did not have a material unmatched currency exposure.

The following table shows the potential impact on core earnings of a 10% change in the Canadian dollar relative to our other key operating currencies.

Potential impact on core earnings of changes in currency^(1),(2)



	2018				2017
As at December 31, ($ millions)	+10% strengthening		-10% weakening		+10% strengthening		-10% weakening
10% change in the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar and the Hong Kong dollar	$	(340)	$	340	$	(280)	$	280
10% change in the Canadian dollar relative to the Japanese yen		(60)		60		(60)		60

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾	See “Caution Related to Sensitivities” above.

LICAT regulatory capital ratios are also sensitive to the fluctuations in the Canadian dollar relative to our other key operating currencies. The direction and materiality of this sensitivity varies across various capital ratios.

50 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity Risk Exposure Measures

We manage liquidity levels of the consolidated group and key subsidiaries against established thresholds. We measure liquidity under both immediate (within one month) and ongoing (within one year) stress scenarios. Our policy is to maintain the ratio of assets to liabilities, both adjusted for their liquidity values, above thepre-established limit.

Increased use of derivatives for hedging purposes has necessitated greater emphasis on measurement and management of contingent liquidity risk related to these instruments, in particular the movement of“over-the-counter” derivatives to central clearing in the U.S. and Japan places an emphasis on cash as the primary source of liquidity as opposed to security holdings. The market value of our derivative portfolio is therefore regularly stress tested to assess the potential collateral and cash settlement requirements under various market conditions.

Manulife Bank (the “Bank”) has a stand-alone liquidity risk management policy framework. The framework includes stress testing, cash flow modeling, a funding plan and a contingency plan. The Bank has an established securitization infrastructure which enables the Bank to access a range of funding and liquidity sources. The Bank models extreme but plausible stress scenarios that demonstrate that the Bank has a sufficient pool of highly liquid money market securities and holdings of sovereign bonds, near-sovereign bonds and other liquid marketable securities, which when combined with the Bank’s capacity to securitize residential mortgage assets provides sufficient liquidity to meet potential requirements under these stress scenarios.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to the inability or unwillingness of a borrower or counterparty to fulfill its payment obligations.

Credit Risk Management Strategy

Credit risk is governed by the Credit Committee which oversees the overall credit risk management program. The Company has established objectives for overall quality and diversification of our general fund investment portfolio and criteria for the selection of counterparties, including derivative counterparties, reinsurers and insurance providers. Our policies establish exposure limits by borrower, corporate connection, quality rating, industry, and geographic region, and govern the usage of credit derivatives. Corporate connection limits vary according to risk rating. Our general fund fixed income investments are primarily public and private investment grade bonds and commercial mortgages. We have a program for selling Credit Default Swaps (“CDS”) that employs a highly selective, diversified and conservative approach. CDS decisions follow the same underwriting standards as our cash bond portfolio and the addition of this asset class allows us to better diversify our overall credit portfolio.

Our credit granting units follow a defined evaluation process that provides an objective assessment of credit proposals. We assign a risk rating, based on a standardized22-point scale consistent with those of external rating agencies, following a detailed examination of the borrower that includes a review of business strategy, market competitiveness, industry trends, financial strength, access to funds, and other risks facing the counterparty. We assess and update risk ratings regularly. For additional input to the process, we also assess credit risks using a variety of industry standard market-based tools and metrics. We map our risk ratings topre-established probabilities of default and loss given defaults, based on historical industry and Company experience, and to resulting default costs.

We establish delegated credit approval authorities and make credit decisions on acase-by-case basis at a management level appropriate to the size and risk level of the transaction, based on the delegated authorities that vary according to risk rating. Major credit decisions are approved by the Credit Committee and the largest decisions are approved by the CEO and, in certain cases, by the Board of Directors.

We limit the types of authorized derivatives and applications and requirepre-approval of all derivative application strategies and regular monitoring of the effectiveness of derivative strategies. Derivative counterparty exposure limits are established based on a minimum acceptable counterparty credit rating (generallyA- from internationally recognized rating agencies). We measure derivative counterparty exposure as net potential credit exposure, which takes into considerationmark-to-market values of all transactions with each counterparty, net of any collateral held, and an allowance to reflect future potential exposure. Reinsurance counterparty exposure is measured reflecting the level of ceded liabilities net of collateral held. The creditworthiness of all reinsurance counterparties is reviewed internally on a regular basis.

Regular reviews of the credits within the various portfolios are undertaken with the goal of identifying changes to credit quality and, where appropriate, taking corrective action. Prompt identification of problem credits is a key objective.

We establish an allowance for losses on a loan when it becomes impaired as a result of deterioration in credit quality, to the extent there is no longer assurance of timely realization of the carrying value of the loan and related investment income. We reduce the carrying value of an impaired loan to its estimated net realizable value when we establish the allowance. We establish an allowance for losses on reinsurance contracts when a reinsurance counterparty becomes unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual obligations. We base the allowance for loss on current recoverables and ceded policy liabilities. There is no assurance that the allowance for losses will be adequate to cover future potential losses or that additional allowances or asset write-downs will not be required.

Policy liabilities include general provisions for credit losses from future asset impairments.

Our credit policies, procedures and investment strategies are established under a strong governance framework and are designed to ensure that risks are identified, measured and monitored consistent with our risk appetite. We seek to actively manage credit exposure

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 51

in our investment portfolio to reduce risk and minimize losses, and derivative counterparty exposure is managed proactively. However, we could experience volatility on a quarterly basis and losses could potentially rise above long-term expected and historical levels.

Credit Risk Exposure Measures

As at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, for every 50% that credit defaults over the next year exceed the rates provided for in policy liabilities, net income attributed to shareholders would be reduced by $62 million and $63 million in each year, respectively. Credit downgrades for fixed income investments would adversely impact our regulatory capital, as required capital levels for such investments are based on the credit quality of each instrument. In addition, credit downgrades could also be higher than assumed in policy liabilities, resulting in policy liability increases and a reduction in net income attributed to shareholders.

The table below shows net impaired assets and allowances for loan losses.

Net Impaired Assets and Loan Losses


As at December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018		2017
Net impaired fixed income assets		$179	$	173
Net impaired fixed income assets as a % of total invested assets		0.051%		0.052%
Allowance for loan losses		$95	$	85

Product Risk

Product risk is the risk of failure to design, implement and maintain a product or service to achieve expected outcomes and the risk of loss due to actual experience emerging differently than assumed when a product was designed and priced.

Product Risk Management

Product risk is governed by the Product Oversight Committee for the insurance business and by the Global Wealth and Asset Management (“Global WAM”) Risk Committee for global WAM business.

Insurance Product Risk Management Strategy

The Product Oversight Committee oversees the overall insurance risk management program. The Product Oversight Committee has established a broad framework for managing insurance risk under a set of policies, standards and guidelines, to ensure that our product offerings align with our risk taking philosophy and risk limits, and achieve acceptable profit margins. These cover:

^∎

product design features

^∎

use of reinsurance

^∎

pricing models and software

^∎

internal risk-based capital allocations

^∎

target profit objectives

^∎

pricing methods and assumption setting

^∎

stochastic and stress scenario testing

^∎

required documentation

^∎

review and approval processes

^∎

experience monitoring programs

In each business unit that sells insurance, we designate individual pricing officers who are accountable for pricing activities, chief underwriters who are accountable for underwriting activities and chief claims risk managers who are accountable for claims activities. Both the pricing officer and the general manager of each business unit approve the design and pricing of each product, including key claims, policyholder behaviour, investment return and expense assumptions, in accordance with global policies and standards. Risk management functions provide additional oversight, review and approval of all product and pricing initiatives, as well as material underwriting initiatives. Actuarial functions provide oversight review and approval of policy liability valuation methods and assumptions. In addition, both risk and actuarial functions review and approve new reinsurance arrangements. We perform annual risk and compliance self-assessments of the product development, pricing, underwriting and claims activities of all insurance businesses. To leverage best practices, we facilitate knowledge transfer between staff working with similar businesses in different geographies.

We utilize a global underwriting manual intended to ensure insurance underwriting practices for direct written life business are consistent across the organization while reflecting local conditions. Each business unit establishes underwriting policies and procedures, including criteria for approval of risks and claims adjudication policies and procedures.

We apply retention limits per insured life that are intended to reduce our exposure to individual large claims which are monitored in each business unit. These retention limits vary by market and jurisdiction. We reinsure exposure in excess of these limits with other companies (see “Risk Factors-Product Risk Factors-External market conditions determine the availability, terms and cost of reinsurance protection”, below). Our current global life retention limit is US$30 million for individual policies (US$35 million for survivorship life policies) and is shared across businesses. We apply lower limits in some markets and jurisdictions. We aim to further reduce exposure to claims concentrations by applying geographical aggregate retention limits for certain covers. Enterprise-wide, we aim to reduce the likelihood of high aggregate claims by operating globally, insuring a wide range of unrelated risk events, and reinsuring some risks. We seek to actively manage the Company’s aggregate exposure to each of policyholder behaviour risk and claims risk against enterprise-wide economic capital limits. Policyholder behaviour risk limits cover the combined risk arising from policy lapses and surrenders, withdrawals and other policyholder driven activity. The claims risk limits cover the combined risk arising from mortality, longevity and morbidity.

52 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Internal experience studies, as well as trends in our experience and that of the industry, are monitored to update current and projected claims and policyholder behaviour assumptions, resulting in updates to policy liabilities as appropriate.

Global Wealth and Asset Management (“Global WAM”) Product Risk Management Strategy

Global WAM product risk is governed by the Global WAM Risk Committee which oversees the overall product risk management program for Global WAM. The Committee has established a broad framework for managing risk under a set of policies, standards and guidelines to ensure that our product offerings align with our risk-taking philosophy and risk limits. The Global WAM product risk governance policy describes the requirements to be complied with for products/solutions with respect to stakeholder review, approval and post-launch monitoring.

Global WAM Risk Management also provides oversight and review of material changes to existing products/solutions on the various Global WAM platforms. Global WAM Risk Management performs annual risk self-assessments of the product/solution activities of all Global WAM businesses.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, systems failures, human-performance failures or from external events.

Operational Risk Management Strategy

Our corporate governance practices, corporate values, and integrated enterprise-wide approach to managing risk set the foundation for mitigating operational risks. This base is further strengthened by internal controls and systems, compensation programs, and seeking to hire and retain trained and competent people throughout the organization. We align compensation programs with business strategy, long-term shareholder value and good governance practices, and we benchmark these compensation practices against peer companies.

We have an enterprise operational risk management framework that sets out the processes we use to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report on significant operational risk exposures. Execution of our operational risk management strategy supports the drive towards a focus on the effective management of our key global operational risks. We have an Operational Risk Committee, which is the main decision-making committee for all operational risk matters and which has oversight responsibility for operational risk strategy, management and governance. We have enterprise-wide risk management programs for specific operational risks that could materially impact our ability to do business or impact our reputation.

Legal and Regulatory Risk Management Strategy

Global Compliance oversees our regulatory compliance program and function, supported by designated Chief Compliance Officers in every Segment. The program is designed to promote compliance with regulatory obligations worldwide and to assist in making the Company’s employees aware of the laws and regulations that affect it, and the risks associated with failing to comply. Segment compliance groups monitor emerging legal and regulatory issues and changes and prepare us to address new requirements. Global Compliance also independently assesses and monitors the effectiveness of a broad range of regulatory compliance processes and business practices against potential legal, regulatory, fraud and reputation risks, and allows significant issues to be escalated and proactively mitigated. Among these processes and business practices are: privacy (i.e. handling of personal and other confidential information), sales and marketing practices, sales compensation practices, asset management practices, fiduciary responsibilities, employment practices, underwriting and claims processing, product design, and regulatory filings. In addition, we have policies, processes and controls in place to help protect the Company, our customers and other related third parties from acts of fraud and from risks associated with money laundering and terrorist financing. Audit Services, Global Compliance and Segment compliance personnel periodically assess the effectiveness of the control environment. For further discussion of government regulation and legal proceedings, refer to “Government Regulation” in MFC’s Annual Information Form dated February 13, 2019 and note 18 of the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Continuity Risk Management Strategy

We have an enterprise-wide business continuity and disaster recovery program. This includes policies, plans and procedures that seek to minimize the impact of natural orman-made disasters, and is designed to ensure that key business functions can continue normal operations in the event of a major disruption. Each business unit is accountable for preparing and maintaining detailed business continuity plans and processes. The global program incorporates periodic scenario analysis designed to validate the assessment of both critical andnon-critical units, as well as the establishment and testing of appropriate business continuity plans for all critical functions. The business continuity team establishes and regularly tests crisis management plans and global crisis communications protocols. We maintainoff-site backup facilities and failover capability designed to minimize downtime and accelerate system recovery.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 53

Technology & Information Security Risk Management Strategy

Our Technology Risk Management function provides strategy, direction, and oversight and facilitates governance for all technology risk domain activities across the Company. The scope of this function includes: reducing information risk exposures by introducing a robust enterprise information risk management framework and supporting infrastructure for proactively identifying, managing, monitoring and reporting on critical information risk exposures; promoting transparency and informed decision-making by building and maintaining information risk profiles and risk dashboards for Enterprise Technology & Services and Segments aligned with enterprise and operational risk reporting; providing advisory services to Global Technology and the Segments around current and emerging technology risks and their impact to the Company’s information risk profile; and reducing vendor information risk exposures by incorporating sound information risk management practices into sourcing, outsourcing and offshoring initiatives and programs.

The enterprise-wide information security program, which is overseen by the Chief Information Risk Officer, seeks to mitigate information security risks. This program establishes the information and cyber security framework for the Company, including governance, policies and standards, and appropriate controls to protect information and computer systems. We also have annual security awareness training sessions for all employees.

Many jurisdictions in which we operate are implementing more stringent privacy legislation. Our global privacy program, overseen by our Chief Privacy Officer, seeks to manage the risk of privacy breaches. It includes policies and standards, ongoing monitoring of emerging privacy legislation, and a network of privacy officers. Processes have been established to provide guidance on handling personal information and for reporting privacy incidents and issues to appropriate management for response and resolution.

In addition, the Chief Information Risk Officer, the Chief Privacy Officer, and their teams work closely on information security and privacy matters.

Human Resource Risk Management Strategy

We have a number of human resource policies, practices and programs in place that seek to manage the risks associated with attracting and retaining top talent. These include recruiting programs at every level of the organization, training and development programs for our individual contributors and people leaders, employee engagement surveys, and competitive compensation programs that are designed to attract, motivate and retain high-performing and high-potential employees.

Model Risk Management Strategy

We have designated model risk management teams working closely with model owners and users that seek to manage model risk. Our model risk oversight program includes processes intended to ensure that our critical business models are conceptually sound and used as intended, and to assess the appropriateness of the calculations and outputs.

Third-Party Risk Management Strategy

Our governance framework to address third-party risk includes appropriate policies (such as our Global Outsourcing and Vendor Risk Management Policy and Global Procurement Policy), standards and procedures, and monitoring of ongoing results and contractual compliance of third-party arrangements.

Project Risk Management Strategy

To seek to ensure that key projects are successfully implemented and monitored by management, we have a Global Project and Program Management Centre of Expertise, which is responsible for establishing policies and standards for project management. Our policies, standards and practices are benchmarked against leading practices.

54 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Capital Management Framework

Manulife seeks to manage its capital with the objectives of:

^∎

Operating with sufficient capital to be able to honour all commitments to its policyholders and creditors with a high degree of confidence;

^∎

Retaining the ongoing confidence of regulators, policyholders, rating agencies, investors and other creditors in order to ensure access to capital markets; and

^∎

Optimizing return on capital to meet shareholders’ expectations subject to constraints and considerations of adequate levels of capital established to meet the first two objectives.

Capital is managed and monitored in accordance with the Capital Management Policy. The Policy is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors annually and is integrated with the Company’s risk and financial management frameworks. It establishes guidelines regarding the quantity and quality of capital, internal capital mobility, and proactive management of ongoing and future capital requirements.

Our capital management framework takes into account the requirements of the Company as a whole as well as the needs of each of our subsidiaries. Internal capital targets are set above regulatory requirements, and consider a number of factors, including expectations of regulators and rating agencies, results of sensitivity and stress testing and our own risk assessments. We monitor against these internal targets and initiate actions appropriate to achieving our business objectives.

We periodically assess the strength of our capital position under various stress scenarios. The annual Dynamic Capital Adequacy Testing (“DCAT”) typically quantifies the financial impact of economic events arising from shocks in public equity and other markets, interest rates and credit, amongst others. Our 2018 DCAT results demonstrate that we would have sufficient assets, under the various adverse scenarios tested, to discharge our policy liabilities. This conclusion was also supported by a variety of other stress tests conducted by the Company.

We use an Economic Capital (“EC”) framework to inform our internal view of the level of required capital and available capital. The EC framework is a key component of the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) process, which ties together our risk management, strategic planning and capital management practices to confirm that our capital levels continue to be adequate from an economic perspective.

Capital management is also integrated into our product planning and performance management practices.

The composition of capital between equity and other capital instruments impacts the financial leverage ratio which is an important consideration in determining the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings. The Company monitors and rebalances its capital mix through capital issuances and redemptions.

Capital and Funding Activities

During 2018, we raised a total of $0.9 billion of capital in Canada and $0.9 billion of securities matured or were redeemed.

The following table provides our funding activity for the year ended December 31, 2018.


($ millions)	Issued		Redeemed/Matured
Preferred shares⁽¹⁾	$	250	$	–
Subordinated debentures^(2),(3)		600		450
Senior debt⁽⁴⁾		–		400
Total	$	850	$	850

⁽¹⁾	MFC issued 10 millionNon-cumulative5-Year Rate Reset Class 1 Shares, Series 25 (“Series 25 Shares”) for gross proceeds of $250 million on February 20, 2018.

⁽²⁾	MFC issued $600 million (3.317%) of subordinated debentures on May 9, 2018.

⁽³⁾	A total of $450 million of MLI subordinated debentures were redeemed at par during the year: $200 million (2.819%) on February 26, 2018 and $250 million (2.926%) on November 29, 2018.

⁽⁴⁾	$400 million MFC medium term notes (5.505%) matured on June 26, 2018.

Normal Course Issuer Bid

On November 12, 2018, MFC announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) approved a normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”) permitting the purchase by MFC for cancellation of up to 40 million MFC common shares. Pursuant to the Notice of Intention filed with the TSX, purchases under the NCIB commenced on November 14, 2018 and may continue until November 13, 2019, when the NCIB expires, or such earlier date as MFC completes its purchases. During 2018, MFC purchased and subsequently cancelled 23 million of its common shares pursuant to the NCIB at an average price of $20.66 per common share for a total cost of $478 million.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 55

The following measure of capital reflects our capital management activities at the MFC level.


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017			2016
Non-controlling interests	$	1,093		$	929		$	743
Participating policyholders’ equity		94			221			248
Preferred shares		3,822			3,577			3,577
Common shareholders’ equity⁽¹⁾		42,142			37,436			38,255
Total equity		47,151			42,163			42,823
Adjusted for accumulated other comprehensive loss on cash flow hedges		(127	)		(109	)		(232	)
Total equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss on cash flow hedges		47,278			42,272			43,055
Qualifying capital instruments		8,732			8,387			7,180
Consolidated capital	$	56,010		$	50,659		$	50,235

⁽¹⁾	Common shareholders’ equity is equal to total shareholders’ equity less preferred shares.

The “Consolidated capital” referred to in the table above does not include $4.8 billion (2017 – $4.8 billion, 2016 – $5.7 billion) of senior debt issued by MFC because this form of financing does not meet OSFI’s definition of regulatory capital at the MFC level. The Company has down-streamed the proceeds from this financing into operating entities in a form that qualifies as regulatory capital at the subsidiary level. For regulatory purposes, LICAT available capital is based on the above consolidated capital with adjustments for certain deductions, limits and restrictions, as mandated by the LICAT guideline.

Consolidated capital was $56.0 billion as at December 31, 2018 compared with $50.7 billion as at December 31, 2017, an increase of approximately $5.3 billion. The increase from December 31, 2017 was primarily driven by net income attributed to shareholders net of dividends paid of $2.9 billion, net capital issuances of approximately $100 million consisting of net subordinated debt and preferred shares issuances less the net impact of share buybacks and issuance of shares for the dividend reinvestment program (as senior debt is not included in the definition of capital, the $400 million of senior debt redeemed in 2018 did not impact the change in capital), and the net increase in AOCI. The net increase in AOCI was due to a weaker Canadian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the impact of higher interest rates and lower equity markets on assets classified as AFS.

Remittability of Capital

As part of its capital management, Manulife promotes internal capital mobility so that Manulife’s parent company, MFC, has access to funds to meet its obligations and to optimize the use of excess capital. Cash remittance is defined as the cash remitted or payable to the Group from operating subsidiaries and excess capital generated by stand-alone Canadian operations. It is one of the key metrics used by management to evaluate our financial flexibility. In 2018, MFC subsidiaries delivered $4.0 billion in remittances compared with $2.1 billion in 2017.

Financial Leverage Ratio

MFC’s financial leverage ratio decreased to 28.6% as at December 31, 2018 from 30.3% as at December 31, 2017, driven by the increase of $5.0 billion in equity, supported by earnings and the impact of a weaker Canadian dollar compared with the U.S. dollar.

Common Shareholder Dividends

The declaration and payment of shareholder dividends and the amount thereof are at the discretion of the Board of Directors and depend upon various factors, including the results of operations, financial condition and future prospects of the Company and taking into account regulatory restrictions on the payment of shareholder dividends, as well as any other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

Common Shareholder Dividends Paid

For the years ended December 31,

$ per share

2018

2017

2016

Dividends paid

0.910

0.820

0.740

The Company offers a Dividend Reinvestment Program (“DRIP”) whereby shareholders may elect to automatically reinvest dividends in the form of MFC common shares instead of receiving cash. The offering of the program and its terms of execution are subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion.

In 2016, 2017 and for the first three quarters of 2018, common shares in connection with the DRIP were purchased on the open market with no applicable discount. For the dividend paid on December 19, 2018, the required common shares were purchased from treasury with a two per cent (2%) discount from the market price. In 2018, we issued 9.3 million common shares from treasury for a total consideration of $178 million under this program.

Regulatory Capital Position¹

MFC and MLI are regulated by OSFI and are subject to consolidated risk-based capital requirements. Manulife monitors and manages its consolidated capital in compliance with the applicable OSFI guideline. The LICAT framework replaced the Minimum Continuing

¹	The “Risk Factors” section of the MD&A outlines a number of regulatory capital risks.

56 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Capital and Surplus Requirements (“MCCSR”) framework on January 1, 2018. Under both guidelines our consolidated available capital was/is measured against a required amount of risk capital determined in accordance with the guideline; however, as a result of the major changes, the LICAT total ratios and MCCSR ratios are not directly comparable.

Manulife’s operating activities are mostly conducted within MLI and its subsidiaries. MLI‘s LICAT total ratio was 143% as at December 31, 2018, compared with 129% as at March 31, 2018 (there are no prior year comparatives as LICAT, OSFI’s new capital regime, became effective in 2018). The 14% percentage point improvement from March 31, 2018 was primarily driven by actions to release capital in our North American legacy businesses, growth in retained earnings, and the favourable impact of the wider corporate spreads partially offset by the impact of lower equity markets.

MFC’s LICAT total ratio was 132% as at December 31, 2018 compared with 117% as at March 31, 2018. The differences between the MLI and MFC ratios were largely due to the $4.8 billion of MFC senior debt outstanding that, under OSFI rules, does not qualify as available capital at the MFC level.

The new LICAT framework did not materially change the level of excess capital held by Manulife. The LICAT total ratios as at December 31, 2018 resulted in excess capital of $23.3 billion over OSFI’s supervisory target ratio of 100% for MLI, and $22.8 billion over OSFI’s regulatory minimum target ratio of 90% for MFC (no supervisory target is applicable to MFC). As at December 31, 2018, all MLI’s subsidiaries maintained capital levels in excess of local requirements.

Credit Ratings

Manulife’s operating companies have strong financial strength ratings from credit rating agencies. Maintaining strong ratings on debt and capital instruments issued by MFC and its subsidiaries allows us to access capital markets at competitive pricing levels. Ratings are important factors in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and maintaining public confidence in products being offered. Should these credit ratings decrease materially, our cost of financing may increase and our access to funding and capital through capital markets could be reduced.

During 2018, S&P, Moody’s, DBRS, Fitch and A.M. Best maintained their assigned ratings of MFC and its primary insurance operating companies.

The following table summarizes the financial strength and claims paying ability ratings of MLI and certain of its subsidiaries as at February 1, 2019.

Financial Strength Ratings


	S&P	Moody’s	DBRS	Fitch	A.M. Best
The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company	AA-	A1	AA(Low)	AA-	A+ (Superior)
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)	AA-	A1	Not Rated	AA-	A+ (Superior)
Manulife (International) Limited	AA-	Not Rated	Not Rated	Not Rated	Not Rated
Manulife Life Insurance Company	A+	Not Rated	Not Rated	Not Rated	Not Rated
Manulife (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.	AA-	Not Rated	Not Rated	Not Rated	Not Rated

As at February 1, 2019, S&P, Moody’s, DBRS, Fitch, and A.M. Best had a stable outlook on these ratings.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 57

Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The most significant estimation processes relate to assumptions used in measuring insurance and investment contract liabilities, assessing assets for impairment, determining of pension and other post-employment benefit obligation and expense assumptions, determining income taxes and uncertain tax positions and fair valuation of certain invested assets. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future years affected. Although some variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes that the amounts recorded are appropriate. The significant accounting policies used and the most significant judgments made by management in applying these accounting policies in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are described in note 1 to the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

Policy Liabilities (Insurance and Investment Contract Liabilities)

Policy liabilities for IFRS are valued in Canada under standards established by the Actuarial Standards Board. These standards are designed to ensure we establish an appropriate liability on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position to cover future obligations to all our policyholders. The assumptions underlying the valuation of policy liabilities are required to be reviewed and updated on an ongoing basis to reflect recent and emerging trends in experience and changes in risk profile of the business. In conjunction with prudent business practices to manage both product and asset related risks, the selection and monitoring of appropriate valuation assumptions is designed to minimize our exposure to measurement uncertainty related to policy liabilities.

Policy liabilities have two major components: a best estimate amount and a provision for adverse deviation. The best estimate amount represents the estimated value of future policyholder benefits and settlement obligations to be paid over the term remaining onin-force policies, including the costs of servicing the policies. The best estimate amount is reduced by the future expected policy revenues and future expected investment income on assets supporting the policies, before any consideration for reinsurance ceded. To determine the best estimate amount, assumptions must be made for a number of key factors, including future mortality and morbidity rates, investment returns, rates of policy termination and premium persistency, operating expenses, certain taxes (other than income taxes and includes temporary tax timing and permanent tax rate differences on the cash flows available to satisfy policy obligations) and foreign currency. Reinsurance is used to transfer part or all of a policy liability to another insurance company at terms negotiated with that insurance company. A separate asset for reinsurance ceded is calculated based on the terms of the reinsurance treaties that arein-force, with deductions taken for the credit standing of the reinsurance counterparties where appropriate.

To recognize the uncertainty involved in determining the best estimate actuarial liability assumptions, a provision for adverse deviation (“PfAD”) is established. The PfAD is determined by including a margin of conservatism for each assumption to allow for possiblemis-estimation of, or deterioration in, future experience in order to provide greater comfort that the policy liabilities will be sufficient to pay future benefits. The CIA establishes suggested ranges for the level of margins for adverse deviation based on the risk profile of the business. Our margins are set taking into account the risk profile of our business. The effect of these margins is to increase policy liabilities over the best estimate assumptions. The margins for adverse deviation decrease the income that is recognized at the time a new policy is sold and increase the income recognized in later periods as the margins release as the remaining policy risks reduce.

Best Estimate Assumptions

We follow established processes to determine the assumptions used in the valuation of our policy liabilities. The nature of each risk factor and the process for setting the assumptions used in the valuation are discussed below.

Mortality

Mortality relates to the occurrence of death. Mortality assumptions are based on our internal as well as industry past and emerging experience and are differentiated by sex, underwriting class, policy type and geographic market. We make assumptions about future mortality improvements using historical experience derived from population data. Reinsurance is used to offset some of our direct mortality exposure onin-force life insurance policies with the impact of the reinsurance directly reflected in our policy valuation for the determination of policy liabilities net of reinsurance. Actual mortality experience is monitored against these assumptions separately for each business. The results are favourable where mortality rates are lower than assumed for life insurance and where mortality rates are higher than assumed for payout annuities. Overall 2018 experience was favourable (2017 – unfavourable) when compared with our assumptions.

Morbidity

Morbidity relates to the occurrence of accidents and sickness for the insured risks. Morbidity assumptions are based on our internal as well as industry past and emerging experience and are established for each type of morbidity risk and geographic market. For our JH Long Term Care business we make assumptions about future morbidity changes. Actual morbidity experience is monitored against these assumptions separately for each business. Our morbidity risk exposure relates to future expected claims costs for long-term care insurance, as well as for group benefits and certain individual health insurance products we offer. Overall 2018 experience was unfavourable (2017 – unfavourable) when compared with our assumptions.

58 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Policy Termination and Premium Persistency

Policy termination includes lapses and surrenders, where lapses represent the termination of policies due tonon-payment of premiums and surrenders represent the voluntary termination of policies by policyholders. Premium persistency represents the level of ongoing deposits on contracts where there is policyholder discretion as to the amount and timing of deposits. Policy termination and premium persistency assumptions are primarily based on our recent experience adjusted for expected future conditions. Assumptions reflect differences by type of contract within each geographic market and actual experience is monitored against these assumptions separately for each business. Overall 2018 experience was unfavourable (2017 – unfavourable) when compared with our assumptions.

Expenses and Taxes

Operating expense assumptions reflect the projected costs of maintaining and servicingin-force policies, including associated overhead expenses. The expenses are derived from internal cost studies and are projected into the future with an allowance for inflation. For some developing businesses, there is an expectation that unit costs will decline as these businesses mature. Actual expenses are monitored against assumptions separately for each business. Overall maintenance expenses for 2018 were unfavourable (2017 – unfavourable) when compared with our assumptions. Taxes reflect assumptions for future premium taxes and othernon-income related taxes. For income taxes, policy liabilities are adjusted only for temporary tax timing and permanent tax rate differences on the cash flows available to satisfy policy obligations.

Investment Returns

As noted in the “Risk Management – Market Risk – Asset Liability Management Strategy” section above, our general fund product liabilities are categorized into groups with similar characteristics in order to support them with a specific asset strategy. We seek to align the asset strategy for each group to the premium and benefit pattern, policyholder options and guarantees, and crediting rate strategies of the products they support. The projected cash flows from the assets are combined with projected cash flows from future asset purchases/sales to determine expected rates of return for future years. The investment strategies for future asset purchases and sales are based on our target investment policies for each segment and the reinvestment returns are derived from current and projected market rates for fixed interest investments and our projected outlook fornon-fixed interest assets. Credit losses are projected based on our own and industry experience, as well as specific reviews of the current investment portfolio. Investment return assumptions for each asset class also incorporate expected investment management expenses that are derived from internal cost studies. In 2018, actual investment returns were favourable (2017 – favourable) when compared with our assumptions. Investment-related experience and the direct impact of interest rates and equity markets are discussed in the “Financial Performance” section above.

Segregated Funds

We offer segregated funds to policyholders that offer certain guarantees, including guaranteed returns of principal on maturity or death, as well as guarantees of minimum withdrawal amounts or income benefits. Theon-balance sheet liability for these benefits is the expected cost of these guarantees including appropriate valuation margins for the various contingencies including mortality and lapse. The dominant driver of the cost of guarantees is the return on the underlying funds in which the policyholders invest. See “Risk Management – Market Risk – Hedging Strategies for Variable Annuity and Other Equity Risks” and the “Financial Performance – Analysis of Net Income” sections above.

Foreign Currency

Foreign currency risk results from a mismatch of the currency of the policy liabilities and the currency of the assets designated to support these obligations. We generally match the currency of our assets with the currency of the liabilities they support, with the objective of mitigating the risk of economic loss arising from movements in currency exchange rates. Where a currency mismatch exists, the assumed rate of return on the assets supporting the liabilities is reduced to reflect the potential for adverse movements in exchange rates.

Experience Adjusted Products

Where policies have features that allow the impact of changes in experience to be passed on to policyholders through policy dividends, experience rating refunds, credited rates or other adjustable features, the projected policyholder benefits are adjusted to reflect the projected experience. Minimum contractual guarantees and other market considerations are taken into account in determining the policy adjustments.

Provision for Adverse Deviation

The total provision for adverse deviation is the sum of the provisions for adverse deviation for each risk factor. Margins for adverse deviation are established by product type and geographic market for each assumption or factor used in the determination of the best estimate actuarial liability. The margins are established based on the risk characteristics of the business being valued.

Margins for interest rate risk are included by testing a number of scenarios of future interest rates. The margin can be established by testing a limited number of scenarios, some of which are prescribed by Canadian Actuarial Standards of Practice, and determining the liability based on the worst outcome. Alternatively, the margin can be set by testing many scenarios, which are developed according to actuarial guidance. Under this approach the liability would be the average of the outcomes above a percentile in the range prescribed by the Canadian Actuarial Standards of Practice.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 59

In addition to the explicit margin for adverse deviation, the valuation basis for segregated fund liabilities explicitly limits the future revenue recognition in the valuation basis to the amount necessary to offset acquisition expenses, after allowing for the cost of any guarantee features. The fees that are in excess of this limitation are reported as an additional margin and are shown in segregated fundnon-capitalized margins.

The provision for adverse deviation and the future revenue deferred in the valuation due to the limitations on recognition of future revenue in the valuation of segregated fund liabilities are shown in the table below.


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017
Best estimate actuarial liability	$	226,128	$	219,347
Provision for adverse deviation (“PfAD”)
Insurance risks (mortality/morbidity)	$	19,021	$	19,258
Policyholder behaviour (lapse/surrender/premium persistency)		5,776		5,332
Expenses		1,573		1,519
Investment risks(non-credit)		25,955		22,979
Investment risks (credit)		941		1,024
Segregated funds guarantees		2,184		2,282
Total PfAD⁽¹⁾		55,450		52,394
Segregated funds – additional margins		13,097		14,464
Total of PfAD and additional segregated fund margins	$	68,547	$	66,858

⁽¹⁾

Reported net actuarial liabilities (excluding the $5,514 million (2017 – $5,300 million) reinsurance asset related to the Company’sin-force participating life insurance closed block that is retained on a funds withheld basis as part of the New York Life transaction) as at December 31, 2018 of $281,578 million (2017 – $271,741 million) are comprised of $226,128 million (2017 – $219,347 million) of best estimate actuarial liabilities and $55,450 million (2017 – $52,394 million) of PfAD.

The change in the PfAD from period to period is impacted by changes in liability and asset composition, by currency and interest rate movements and by material changes in valuation assumptions. The overall decrease in PfADs for insurance risks was primarily due to the impact of higher interest rates in the U.S., as well as the impact from reinsurance on our North American legacy businesses, partially offset by the impact of changes in currency rates (the depreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, Hong Kong dollar and Japanese yen) and by the expected PfAD growth from in-force and new business. The overall increase in PfADs for policyholder behaviour was driven by currency and by the expected PfAD growth from in-force and new business. The overall increase in PfADs for non-credit investment risks was driven by currency, the expected PfAD growth from in-force and new business, and by the annual review of actuarial valuation methods and assumptions, partially offset by the impact from normal rebalancing as part of our interest rate hedging program and the impact of higher interest rates in the U.S. The increase in the additional segregated fund margins was primarily due to decreases in equity markets and increases in interest rates in the U.S.

Sensitivity of Earnings to Changes in Assumptions

When the assumptions underlying our determination of policy liabilities are updated to reflect recent and emerging experience or change in outlook, the result is a change in the value of policy liabilities which in turn affects net income attributed to shareholders. The sensitivity of net income attributed to shareholders to changes innon-economic and certain asset related assumptions underlying policy liabilities is shown below and assumes that there is a simultaneous change in the assumptions across all business units. The sensitivity of net income attributed to shareholders to a deterioration or improvement innon-economic assumptions underlying long-term care policy liabilities as at December 31, 2018 is also shown below.

For changes in asset related assumptions, the sensitivity is shown net of the corresponding impact on income of the change in the value of the assets supporting liabilities. In practice, experience for each assumption will frequently vary by geographic market and business, and assumption updates are made on a business/geographic specific basis. Actual results can differ materially from these estimates for a variety of reasons including the interaction among these factors when more than one changes, changes in actuarial and investment return and future investment activity assumptions, actual experience differing from the assumptions, changes in business mix, effective tax rates and other market factors, and the general limitations of our internal models.

Potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders arising from changes tonon-economic assumptions⁽¹⁾


As at December 31, ($ millions)	Decrease in net income attributed to shareholders
As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017
Policy related assumptions
2% adverse change in future mortality rates^(2),(4)
Products where an increase in rates increases insurance contract liabilities	$	(500	)	$	(400	)
Products where a decrease in rates increases insurance contract liabilities		(500	)		(500	)
5% adverse change in future morbidity rates (incidence and termination)^(3),(4),(5)		(4,800	)		(5,100	)
10% adverse change in future termination rates⁽⁴⁾		(2,200	)		(2,100	)
5% increase in future expense levels		(600	)		(500	)

⁽¹⁾

The participating policy funds are largely self-supporting and generate no material impact on net income attributed to shareholders as a result of changes innon-economic assumptions. Experience gains or losses would generally result in changes to future dividends, with no direct impact to shareholders.

60 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

⁽²⁾	An increase in mortality rates will generally increase policy liabilities for life insurance contracts whereas a decrease in mortality rates will generally increase policy liabilities for policies with longevity risk such as payout annuities.

⁽³⁾	No amounts related to morbidity risk are included for policies where the policy liability provides only for claims costs expected over a short period, generally less than one year, such as Group Life and Health.

⁽⁴⁾

The impacts of the sensitivities on LTC for morbidity, mortality and lapse do not assume any partial offsets from the Company’s ability to contractually raise premium rates in such events, subject to state regulatory approval. In practice, we would plan to file for rate increases equal to the amount of deterioration resulting from the sensitivity.

⁽⁵⁾	This includes a 5% deterioration in incidence rates and 5% deterioration in claim termination rates.

Potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders arising from changes tonon-economic assumptions for Long Term Care⁽¹⁾


As at December 31, 2018 ($ millions)	Decrease in net income attributed to shareholders
Policy related assumptions
2% change in future mortality rates^(2),(3)	$	(200	)
5% change in future morbidity incidence rates^(2),(3)		(1,700	)
5% change in future morbidity claims termination rates^(2),(3)		(2,800	)
10% change in future policy termination rates^(2),(3)		(400	)
5% increase in future expense levels⁽³⁾		(100	)

⁽¹⁾	Translated from US$ at 1.3642 for 2018.

⁽²⁾

⁽³⁾	The impact of favourable changes to all the sensitivities is relatively symmetrical.

Potential impact on net income attributed to shareholders arising from changes to asset related assumptions supporting actuarial liabilities⁽¹⁾


As at December 31, ($ millions)	Increase (decrease) in net income attributed to shareholders
	2018						2017
	Increase			Decrease			Increase			Decrease
Asset related assumptions updated periodically in valuation basis changes
100 basis point change in future annual returns for public equities⁽²⁾	$	500		$	(500	)	$	400		$	(400	)
100 basis point change in future annual returns for ALDA⁽³⁾		3,500			(3,900	)		3,600			(4,100	)
100 basis point change in equity volatility assumption for stochastic segregated fund modelling		(300	)		300			(200	)		200

⁽¹⁾

The sensitivity to public equity returns above includes the impact on both segregated fund guarantee reserves and on other policy liabilities. Expected long-term annual market growth assumptions for public equities are based on long-term historical observed experience and compliance with actuarial standards. As at December 31, 2018, the growth rates inclusive of dividends in the major markets used in the stochastic valuation models for valuing segregated fund guarantees are 9.3% (9.3% – December 31, 2017) per annum in Canada, 9.6% (9.6% – December 31, 2017) per annum in the U.S. and 6.2% (6.2% – December 31, 2017) per annum in Japan. Growth assumptions for European equity funds are market-specific and vary between 8.3% and 9.9%.

⁽²⁾

ALDA include commercial real estate, timber, farmland, direct oil and gas properties, and private equities, some of which relate to oil and gas. Expected long-term return assumptions for ALDA and public equity are set in accordance with the Standards of Practice for the valuation of insurance contract liabilities and guidance published by the CIA. Annual best estimate return assumptions for ALDA and public equity include market growth rates and annual income, such as rent, production proceeds and dividends, and will vary based on our holding period. Over a20-year horizon, our best estimate return assumptions range between 5.25% and 11.65%, with an average of 9.5% based on the current asset mix backing our guaranteed insurance and annuity business as of December 31, 2018 (9.5% – December 31, 2017), adjusted to reflect our decision to reduce the allocation to ALDA in the portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses as of December 31, 2018. Our return assumptions including the margins for adverse deviations in our valuation, which take into account the uncertainty of achieving the returns, range between 2.5% and 7.5%, with an average of 6.3% based on the asset mix backing our guaranteed insurance and annuity business as of December 31, 2018 (6.3% – December 31, 2017), adjusted to reflect our decision to reduce the allocation to ALDA in the portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses.

⁽³⁾

Volatility assumptions for public equities are based on long-term historical observed experience and compliance with actuarial standards. The resulting volatility assumptions are 16.95% per annum in Canada and 17.15% per annum in the U.S. for large cap public equities, and 19.25% per annum in Japan. For European equity funds, the volatility varies between 16.5% and 18.4%.

Review of Actuarial Methods and Assumptions

A comprehensive review of actuarial methods and assumptions is performed annually. The review is designed to reduce the Company’s exposure to uncertainty by ensuring assumptions for both asset related and liability related risks remain appropriate. This is accomplished by monitoring experience and selecting assumptions which represent a current best estimate view of expected future experience, and margins that are appropriate for the risks assumed. While the assumptions selected represent the Company’s current best estimates and assessment of risk, the ongoing monitoring of experience and changes in the economic environment are likely to result in future changes to the actuarial assumptions, which could be material.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 61

2018 Review of Actuarial Methods and Assumptions

The 2018 full year review of actuarial methods and assumptions resulted in a decrease in insurance contract liabilities of $174 million, net of reinsurance, and a decrease in net income attributed to shareholders of $51 millionpost-tax.

Change in insurance contract liabilities, net of reinsurance

For the year ended December 31, 2018

($ millions)

Total

Attributed to
participating
policyholders’
account

    Attributed to
    shareholders’
    account

Change in net
income attributed
to shareholders

Mortality and morbidity updates

319

(192

)

511

(360

)

Lapses and policyholder behaviour

287

–

287

(226

)

Investment return assumptions

(96)

(146)

143

Other updates

(684)

(94

)

(590)

392

Net impact

(174)

(236

)

(51

)

Updates to mortality and morbidity assumptions

Mortality and morbidity updates resulted in a $360 millionpost-tax charge to net income attributed to shareholders.

The primary driver of the charge is related to updates to mortality and morbidity assumptions for the Company’s structured settlement and term renewal business in Canada. A review of mortality assumptions for the Company’s U.S. group pension annuity business and certain blocks of its U.S. life insurance business resulted in a small charge to earnings, and other updates to mortality and morbidity assumptions led to a small net charge.

Updates to lapses and policyholder behaviour

Lapse and policyholder behaviour updates resulted in a $226 millionpost-tax charge to net income attributed to shareholders.

The primary driver of the charge is related to updated lapse and premium persistency rates for certain U.S. life insurance product lines ($252 millionpost-tax charge). This included updates to universal lifeno-lapse guarantee and business lapse assumptions to better reflect emerging experience which showed a variation in lapses based on premium funding levels, partially offset by favourable lapse experience on several of the U.S. life insurance product lines.

Other updates to lapse and policyholder behaviour assumptions were made across several product lines to reflect recent experience.

Updates to investment return assumptions

Investment return assumption updates resulted in a $143 millionpost-tax gain to net income attributed to shareholders. We updated our bond default rates to reflect recent experience, leading to a $401 millionpost-tax gain and updated our investment return assumptions for ALDA and public equities, specifically oil and gas, which led to a $210 millionpost-tax charge. Other refinements to the projections of investment returns resulted in a $48 millionpost-tax charge.

Other updates

Refinements to the projection of our tax and liability cashflows across multiple product lines led to apost-tax gain to net income attributed to shareholders of $392 million. The refinements were primarily driven by the projection of tax cashflows as we reviewed the deductibility of certain reserves. In addition, we refined the projection of policyholder crediting rates for certain products.

Impact of changes in actuarial methods and assumptions by segment

The impact of changes in actuarial methods and assumptions in Canada was apost-tax charge to net income attributed to shareholders of $370 million. This charge was driven by updates to oil & gas investment return assumptions and updates to mortality and morbidity assumptions for our structured settlement and term renewal businesses. In the U.S., we recorded apost-tax gain of $286 million, driven by updates to our bond default rates and refinements to the projection of our tax and liability cashflows, partially offset by updates to policyholder behaviour assumptions in JH Life. Updates to assumptions in Asia and Reinsurance resulted in apost-tax gain of $33 million.

62 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

2017 Review of Actuarial Methods and Assumptions

The 2017 full year review of actuarial methods and assumptions resulted in an increase in insurance and investment contract liabilities of $277 million, net of reinsurance, and a decrease in net income attributed to shareholders of $35 million. These charges exclude the impacts of U.S. Tax Reform and the decision to reduce the allocation to ALDA in the portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses. These two items resulted in apost-tax increase in policy liabilities and total charge to net income attributed to shareholders in 4Q17 of $2.8 billion.


For the year ended December 31, 2017 ($ millions)	Change in insurance contract liabilities, net of reinsurance
For the year ended December 31, 2017 ($ millions)	Total			Attributed to participating policyholders’ account			Attributed to shareholders’ account			Change in net income attributed to shareholders
Mortality and morbidity updates	$	(254	)	$	9		$	(263	)	$	299
Lapses and policyholder behaviour		1,019			–			1,019			(783	)
Other updates:
ALDA and public equity investment return assumptions		1,296			5			1,291			(892	)
Corporate spread assumptions		(515	)		(1	)		(514	)		344
Refinements to liability and tax cash flows		(1,049	)		–			(1,049	)		696
Other		(220	)		84			(304	)		301
Net impact	$	277		$	97		$	180		$	(35	)

Updates to mortality and morbidity assumptions

Mortality and morbidity updates resulted in a $299 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders.

We completed a detailed review of the mortality assumptions for our U.S. life insurance business which resulted in a $384 million charge to net income attributed to shareholders. We increased assumptions particularly at older ages, reflecting both industry and our own experience.

Updates to actuarial standards related to future mortality improvement, and the review of mortality improvement assumptions globally, resulted in a $264 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders primarily in Canada and Asia. The updated actuarial standards include a diversification benefit for the determination of margins for adverse deviation which recognizes the offsetting impact of longevity and mortality risk.

We completed a detailed review of the mortality assumptions for our Canadian retail insurance business which resulted in a $222 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders.

Other updates to mortality and morbidity assumptions led to a $197 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders. These updates included a reduction in the margins for adverse deviation applied to our morbidity assumptions for certain medical insurance products in Japan.

Updates to lapses and policyholder behaviour

Updates to lapses and policyholder behaviour assumptions resulted in a $783 million charge to net income attributed to shareholders.

In Canadian retail insurance, lapse assumptions were reduced for certain universal life products to reflect recent experience leading to a $315 million charge to net income attributed to shareholders.

For Canadian segregated fund guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit lapses, incidence and utilization assumptions were updated to reflect recent experience which led to a $242 million charge to net income attributed to shareholders.

Other updates to lapse and policyholder behaviour assumptions were made across several product lines including reduction in lapse assumptions for our whole life insurance products in Japan, leading to a $226 million charge to net income attributed to shareholders.

Other updates

Other updates resulted in a $449 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders.

We reviewed our investment return assumptions for ALDA and public equities, which in aggregate led to a reduction in return assumptions and a $892 million charge to net income attributed to shareholders. We also reviewed future corporate spread assumptions, which led to a $344 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders.

Refinements to the projection of our liability and tax cash flows in the U.S. resulted in a $696 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders. These changes included refinements to the projection of policyholder crediting rates for certain universal life insurance products.

Other refinements resulted in a $301 million benefit to net income attributed to shareholders. These changes included a review of provisions for reinsurance counterparty credit risk and several other refinements to the projection of both our asset and liability cash flows.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 63

Impact of changes in actuarial methods and assumptions by segment

The impact of changes in actuarial methods and assumptions in Asia, Canada, the U.S., and Corporate and Other was apost-tax gain/(charge) to net income attributed to shareholders of $166 million, $36 million, $(245) million, and $8 million, respectively.

Change in net insurance contract liabilities

The change in net insurance contract liabilities can be attributed to several sources: new business, acquisitions,in-force movement and currency impact. Changes in net insurance contract liabilities are substantially offset in the financial statements by premiums, investment income, policy benefits and other policy related cash flows. The changes in net insurance contract liabilities by business segment are shown below:

2018 Net Insurance Contract Liability Movement Analysis

For the year ended December 31, 2018

($ millions)

Asia

Canada

U.S.

Corporate
and
Other

Total

Balance, January 1

62,243

76,198

135,851

(46

)

274,246

New business^(1),(2)

3,400

(100

)

(31

)

–

3,269

In-force movement^(1),(3)

5,117

344

(2,330

)

(102

)

3,029

Changes in methods and assumptions⁽¹⁾

178

(397

)

(174

)

Reinsurance transactions⁽¹⁾

–

(11,156

)

–

(11,156

)

Currency impact⁽⁴⁾

5,315

11,205

(13

)

16,515

Balance, December 31

76,127

76,628

133,142

(168

)

285,729

⁽¹⁾

The $6,826 million increase reported as the change in insurance contract liabilities and change in reinsurance assets on the 2018 Consolidated Statements of Income primarily consists of changes due to the reinsurance transactions and changes in methods and assumptions, partially offset by normal in-force movement and new policies. These 4 items net to a decrease of $5,032 million, of which $6,017 million is included in the income statement increase in insurance contract liabilities and change in reinsurance assets, and a $985 million increase is included in net claims and benefits. The Consolidated Statements of Income change in insurance contract liabilities also includes the change in embedded derivatives associated with insurance contracts. Of the $6,708 million net increase in insurance contract liabilities related to new business and in-force movement, $5,723 million was an increase in actuarial liabilities. The remaining amount was an increase of $985 million in other insurance contract liabilities.

⁽²⁾

New business policy liability impact is positive/(negative) when estimated future premiums, together with future investment income, are expected to be more/(less) than sufficient to pay estimated future benefits, policyholder dividends and refunds, taxes (excluding income taxes) and expenses on new policies issued.

⁽³⁾

The net in-force movement over the year was an increase of $3,029 million, reflecting expected growth in insurance contract liabilities in all three insurance segments. Expected growth in insurance contract liabilities in the U.S. was offset by the impact of market and yield curve movements during the year.

⁽⁴⁾

The increase in policy liabilities from currency impact reflects the depreciation of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar, Hong Kong dollar and Japanese yen. To the extent assets are currency matched to liabilities, the increase in insurance contract liabilities due to currency impact is offset by a corresponding increase from currency impact in the value of assets supporting those liabilities.

2017 Net Insurance Contract Liability Movement Analysis


For the year ended December 31, 2017 ($ millions)	Asia			Canada			U.S.			Corporate and Other			Total
Balance, January 1	$	54,567		$	73,384		$	135,192		$	(590	)	$	262,553
New business^(1),(2)		2,130			139			1,276			–			3,545
In-force movement^(1),(3)		8,255			2,304			5,329			234			16,122
Changes in methods and assumptions⁽¹⁾		(21	)		(91	)		119			270			277
Impact of U.S. Tax Reform⁽⁴⁾		–			–			2,246			–			2,246
Increase due to decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses⁽⁵⁾		–			468			872			–			1,340
Currency impact⁽⁶⁾		(2,688	)		(6	)		(9,183	)		40			(11,837	)
Balance, December 31	$	62,243		$	76,198		$	135,851		$	(46)		$	274,246

⁽¹⁾

The $22,292 million increase reported as the change in insurance contract liabilities and change in reinsurance assets on the 2017 Consolidated Statements of Income primarily consists of changes due to normalin-force movement, new policies, changes in methods and assumptions, the impact of U.S. Tax Reform and the increase due to the decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses. These 5 items net to an increase of $23,530 million, of which $22,628 million is included in the income statement increase in insurance contract liabilities and change in reinsurance assets, and $902 million is included in net claims and benefits. The Consolidated Statements of Income change in insurance contract liabilities also includes the change in embedded derivatives associated with insurance contracts. Of the $19,667 million net increase in insurance contract liabilities related to new business andin-force movement, $18,737 million was an increase in actuarial liabilities. The remaining amount was an increase of $930 million in other insurance contract liabilities.

⁽²⁾

⁽³⁾	The netin-force movement over the year was an increase of $16,122 million, reflecting expected growth in insurance contract liabilities in all three segments.

⁽⁴⁾

U.S. Tax Reform, which includes the lowering of the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and limits on the tax deductibility of reserves, resulted in a $2,246 millionpre-tax ($1,774 millionpost-tax) increase in policy liabilities due to the impact of temporary tax timing and permanent tax rate differences on the cash flows available to satisfy policyholder obligations.

⁽⁵⁾	The decision to reduce the allocation to ALDA in the portfolio asset mix supporting our North American legacy businesses resulted in an increase in policy liabilities due to the impact on future expected investment income on assets supporting the policies.

⁽⁶⁾

The decrease in policy liabilities from currency impact reflects the appreciation of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar, Hong Kong dollar and Japanese yen. To the extent assets are currency matched to liabilities, the increase in insurance contract liabilities due to currency impact is offset by a corresponding increase from currency impact in the value of assets supporting those liabilities.

64 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Critical Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The Company is required to consolidate the financial position and results of entities it controls. Control exists when the Company:

^∎

Has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity;

^∎

Is exposed to a significant portion of the entity’s variable returns; and

^∎

Is able to use its power to influence variable returns from the entity.

The Company uses the same principles to assess control over any entity it is involved with. In evaluating control, potential factors assessed include the effects of:

^∎

Substantive potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible;

^∎

Contractual management relationships with the entity;

^∎

Rights and obligations resulting from policyholders to manage investments on their behalf; and

^∎

The effect of any legal or contractual restraints on the Company from using its power to affect its variable returns from the entity.

An assessment of control is based on arrangements in place and the assessed risk exposures at inception. Initial evaluations are reconsidered at a later date if:

^∎

The Company acquires additional interests in the entity or its interests in an entity are diluted;

^∎

The contractual arrangements of the entity are amended such that the Company’s involvement with the entity changes; or

^∎

The Company’s ability to use its power to affect its variable returns from the entity changes.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained by the Company and cease to be consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Fair Value of Invested Assets

A large portion of the Company’s invested assets are recorded at fair value. Refer to note 1 of the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the methods used in determining fair values. When quoted prices in active markets are not available for a particular investment, significant judgment is required to determine an estimated fair value based on market standard valuation methodologies including discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing, consensus pricing services, or other similar techniques. The inputs to these market standard valuation methodologies include: current interest rates or yields for similar instruments, credit rating of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, tenor (or expected tenor) of the instrument, management’s assumptions regarding liquidity, volatilities and estimated future cash flows. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about the key market factors impacting these financial instruments. Financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. The Company’s ability to sell assets, or the price ultimately realized for these assets, depends upon the demand and liquidity in the market and increases the use of judgment in determining the estimated fair value of certain assets.

Evaluation of Invested Asset Impairment

AFS fixed income and equity securities are carried at fair market value, with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) with the exception of unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency translation of AFS fixed income securities which are included in net income attributed to shareholders. Securities are reviewed on a regular basis and any fair value decrement is transferred out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and recorded in net income attributed to shareholders when it is deemed probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a fixed income security or when fair value of an equity security has declined significantly below cost or for a prolonged period of time.

Provisions for impairments of mortgage loans and private placement loans are recorded with losses reported in earnings when there is no longer reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of the principal and interest.

Significant judgment is required in assessing whether an impairment has occurred and in assessing fair values and recoverable values. Key matters considered include economic factors, Company and industry specific developments, and specific issues with respect to single issuers and borrowers.

Changes in circumstances may cause future assessments of asset impairment to be materially different from current assessments, which could require additional provisions for impairment. Additional information on the process and methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses is included in the discussion of credit risk in note 9 to the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) including swaps, forwards and futures agreements, and options to help manage current and anticipated exposures to changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity market prices, and to replicate permissible investments. Refer to note 4 to the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the methods used to determine the fair value of derivatives.

The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting guidance continue to evolve in practice. Judgment is applied in determining the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment under such accounting guidance. Differences in judgment as to the availability and application of hedge accounting

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 65

designations and the appropriate accounting treatment may result in a differing impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company from that previously reported. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of ineffectiveness of hedging relationships are also subject to interpretations and estimations. If it was determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income attributed to shareholders could be materially affected.

Employee Future Benefits

The Company maintains defined contribution and defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment plans for employees and agents, including registered (tax qualified) pension plans that are typically funded, as well as supplementalnon-registered(non-qualified) pension plans for executives, retiree welfare plans and disability welfare plans that are typically not funded. The largest defined benefit pension and retiree welfare plans in the U.S. and Canada are the material plans that are discussed herein and in note 16 to the 2018 AnnualConsolidated Financial Statements.

Due to the long-term nature of defined benefit pension and retiree welfare plans, the calculation of the defined benefit obligation and net benefit cost depends on various assumptions such as discount rates, salary increase rates, cash balance interest crediting rates, health care cost trend rates and rates of mortality. These assumptions are determined by management and are reviewed annually. The key assumptions, as well as the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in these assumptions, are presented in note 16 to the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

Changes in assumptions and differences between actual and expected experience give rise to actuarial gains and losses that affect the amount of the defined benefit obligation and OCI. For 2018, the amount recorded in OCI was a loss of $109 million (2017 – gain of $83 million) for the defined benefit pension plans and a gain of $48 million (2017 – loss of $2 million) for the retiree welfare plans.

Contributions to the registered (tax qualified) defined benefit pension plans are made in accordance with the applicable U.S. and Canadian regulations. During 2018, the Company contributed $23 million (2017 – $26 million) to these plans. As at December 31, 2018, the difference between the fair value of assets and the defined benefit obligation for these plans was a surplus of $257 million (2017 – surplus of $383 million). For 2019, the contributions to the plans are expected to be approximately $12 million.

The Company’s supplemental pension plans for executives are not funded; benefits under these plans are paid as they become due. During 2018, the Company paid benefits of $56 million (2017 – $59 million) under these plans. As at December 31, 2018, the defined benefit obligation for these plans, which is reflected as a liability in the balance sheet, amounted to $742 million (2017 – $761 million).

The Company’s retiree welfare plans are partially funded, although there are no regulations or laws governing or requiring the funding of these plans. As at December 31, 2018, the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the defined benefit obligation for these plans was a deficit of $30 million (2017 – deficit of $78 million).

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income tax laws in various jurisdictions. Tax laws are complex and potentially subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant tax authority. The provision for income taxes represents management’s interpretation of the relevant tax laws and its estimate of current and future income tax implications of the transactions and events during the period. A deferred tax asset or liability results from temporary differences between carrying values of the assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on expected future tax rates and management’s assumptions regarding the expected timing of the reversal of such temporary differences. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carry forward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that future realization of the tax benefit is probable. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the tax benefit will be realized. At December 31, 2018, we had $4,318 million of deferred tax assets (December 31, 2017 – $4,569 million). Factors in management’s determination include, among other things, the following:

^∎

Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carry forwards;

^∎

Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

^∎

Taxable income in prior carryback years; and

^∎

Tax planning strategies.

The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes if the ultimate deductibility of certain items is successfully challenged by taxing authorities or if estimates used in determining the amount of deferred tax assets to recognize change significantly, or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in the recognition of deferred tax assets. Additionally, future events, such as changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations, could have an impact on the provision for income tax, deferred tax balances, actuarial liabilities (see Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Expenses and Taxes above) and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the year these changes occur.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

At December 31, 2018, under IFRS we had $5,864 million of goodwill and $4,233 million of intangible assets ($1,617 million of which are intangible assets with indefinite lives). Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at the cash generating unit level (“CGU”) or group of CGUs level. A CGU comprises the smallest group of assets that are capable of generating largely independent cash flows and is either a business segment or a level below. The tests performed in 2018 demonstrated that there was

66 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives. Changes in discount rates and cash flow projections used in the determination of embedded values or reductions in market-based earnings multiples may result in impairment charges in the future, which could be material.

Impairment charges could occur in the future as a result of changes in economic conditions. The goodwill testing for 2019 will be updated based on the conditions that exist in 2019 and may result in impairment charges, which could be material.

Future Accounting and Reporting Changes

There are a number of new accounting and reporting changes issued under IFRS including those still under development by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) that will impact the Company beginning in 2019. Summaries of each of the most recently issued key accounting standards are presented below.

(a) Changes effective in 2018

(I) IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” which was issued in May 2014, and replaces IAS 11 “Construction Contracts”, IAS 18 “Revenue” and several interpretations. Amendments to IFRS 15 were issued in April 2016. IFRS 15 clarifies revenue recognition principles, provides a robust framework for recognizing revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers and enhances qualitative and quantitative disclosure requirements. IFRS 15 does not apply to insurance contracts, financial instruments and lease contracts. The Company adopted IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective method with no restatement of comparative information.

The Company’s service arrangements are generally satisfied over time, with revenue measured and collected from customers within a short term, as services are rendered.

Adoption of IFRS 15 did not have a significant impact or result in transitional adjustments on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(II) IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” and Amendments to IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts”

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the amendments to IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” issued in September 2016. IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” replaced IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and resulted in revisions to classification and measurement, impairment of financial assets, and hedge accounting.

To address the concerns about differing effective dates of IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” which is effective on January 1, 2018 and IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” which is effective on January 1, 2021, amendments to IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” provides companies whose activities are predominantly related to insurance an optional temporary exemption from applying IFRS 9 until January 1, 2021. Adoption of these amendments enabled the Company to defer the adoption of IFRS 9 and continue to apply IAS 39 until January 1, 2021.

In November 2018, the IASB tentatively decided to defer the fixed expiry date for the temporary exemption in IFRS 4 from applying IFRS 9 by one year whose predominant activities are connected with insurance. The proposed deferral is subject to IASB public consultation in 2019 which is expected to result in an exposure draft followed by a public comment period. We will continue to monitor IASB’s future developments related to the deferral.

In order to compare with entities applying IFRS 9, the amendments to IFRS 4 require deferring entities to disclose additional information regarding the contractual cashflows characteristics and credit exposure of their financial statements. Deferring entities must disclose which financial assets have contractual terms that are solely payments of principal and interest on principal outstanding (“SPPI”). Adoption of these disclosure requirements did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(III) Amendments to IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payment”

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted amendments to IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payment”, issued in June 2016. These amendments were applied prospectively. The amendments clarify the effects of vesting andnon-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled share-based payments; provide guidance on the classification of share-based payment transactions with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and clarify accounting for modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the transaction from cash-settled to equity-settled. Adoption of these amendments did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(IV) IFRS Interpretation Committee (“IFRIC”) Interpretation 22 “Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration”

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted IFRIC 22 “Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration”, issued in December 2016. IFRIC 22 was applied prospectively. IFRIC 22 addresses which foreign exchange rate to use to measure a foreign currency transaction when advance payments are made or received andnon-monetary assets or liabilities are recognized prior to recognition of the underlying transaction. IFRIC 22 does not relate to goods or services accounted for at fair value or at the fair value of consideration paid or received at a date other than the date of initial recognition of thenon-monetary asset or liability, or to income taxes, insurance contracts or reinsurance contracts. The foreign exchange rate on the day of the advance payment is used to measure the foreign currency transaction. If multiple advance payments are made or received, each payment is measured separately. Adoption of IFRIC 22 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 67

(V) Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014 – 2016 Cycle

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted amendments issued within the Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014-2016 Cycle, as issued by the IASB in December 2016. Minor amendments as part of this cycle were effective in 2017 and were adopted by the Company in that year, with remaining amendments being effective January 1, 2018. The amendments were applied retrospectively. Adoption of these amendments did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(b) Accounting and reporting changes issued with an effective date later than 2018

(I) IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” was issued in November 2009 and amended in October 2010, November 2013 and July 2014, and is effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, to be applied retrospectively, or on a modified retrospective basis. Additionally, the IASB issued amendments in October 2017 that are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The standard is intended to replace IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”.

The project has been divided into three phases: classification and measurement, impairment of financial assets, and hedge accounting. IFRS 9’s current classification and measurement methodology provides that financial assets are measured at either amortized cost or fair value on the basis of the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The classification and measurement for financial liabilities remains generally unchanged; however, for a financial liability designated as at fair value through profit or loss, revisions have been made in the accounting for changes in fair value attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability. Gains or losses caused by changes in an entity’s own credit risk on such liabilities are no longer recognized in profit or loss but instead are reflected in OCI.

Revisions to hedge accounting were issued in November 2013 as part of the overall IFRS 9 project. The amendment introduces a new hedge accounting model, together with corresponding disclosures about risk management activity for those applying hedge accounting. The new model represents a substantial overhaul of hedge accounting that will enable entities to better reflect their risk management activities in their financial statements.

Revisions issued in July 2014 replace the existing incurred loss model used for measuring the allowance for credit losses with an expected loss model. Changes were also made to the existing classification and measurement model designed primarily to address specific application issues raised by early adopters of the standard. They also address the income statement accounting mismatches and short-term volatility issues which have been identified as a result of the insurance contracts project.

The Company elected to defer IFRS 9 until January 1, 2021 as allowed under the amendments to IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” outlined below. The Company is assessing the impact of this standard.

(II) IFRS 16 “Leases”

IFRS 16 “Leases” was issued in January 2016 and is effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2019. It will replace IAS 17 “Leases” and IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease”. The Company will adopt IFRS 16 effective January 1, 2019, on a modified retrospective basis with no restatement of comparative information.

IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract, the customer (“lessee”) and the supplier (“lessor”). The standard brings most leaseson-balance sheet for lessees under a single model, eliminating the previous classifications of operating and finance leases. Exemptions to this treatment are for lease contracts with low value assets or leases with duration of less than one year. Theon-balance sheet treatment will result in the grossing up of the balance sheet due toright-of-use assets being recognized with offsetting liabilities. Lessor accounting will remain largely unchanged with previous classifications of operating and finance leases being maintained.

Adoption of IFRS 16 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(III) IFRIC Interpretation 23 “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”

IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments” was issued in June 2017 and is effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2019, to be applied retrospectively. IFRIC 23 provides guidance on applying the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments including whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered together or separately based on which approach better predicts resolution of the uncertainty. Adoption of IFRIC 23 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(IV) Amendments to IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”

Amendments to IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” were issued in October 2017 and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, to be applied retrospectively. The amendments clarify that an entity applies IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” to financial interests in an associate or joint venture to which the equity method is not applied. IAS 39 will be applied to these interests until IFRS 9 is adopted. Adoption of these amendments is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(V) Annual Improvements 2015 – 2017 Cycle

Annual Improvements 2015 – 2017 Cycle was issued in December 2017 and is effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The IASB issued three minor amendments to different standards as part of the Annual Improvements process, with the amendments to be applied prospectively. Adoption of these amendments is not expected to have significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

68 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

(VI) Amendments to IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”

Amendments to IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” were issued in February 2018 and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier application permitted. The amendments address the accounting for when a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement occurs within a reporting period. Updated actuarial assumptions must be used to determine current service cost and net interest for the remainder of the reporting period after such an event. The amendments also address how the accounting for asset ceilings are affected by such an event. Adoption of these amendments is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(VII) Amendments to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”

Amendments to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” were issued in October 2018 and are effective for business combinations occurring on or after January 1, 2020, with earlier application permitted. The amendments revise the definition of business and provide a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets qualifies as a business. Application of the amendments will result in fewer acquisitions qualifying as business combinations. Adoption of these amendments is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(VIII) Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” and IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”

Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” and IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors” were issued in October 2018. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and are to be applied prospectively. The amendments update the definition of material. Adoption of these amendments is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(IX) IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”

IFRS 17 was issued in May 2017 and is effective for years beginning on January 1, 2021, and to be applied retrospectively. If full retrospective application to a group of contracts is impractical, the modified retrospective or fair value methods may be used. The standard will replace IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” and will materially change the recognition and measurement of insurance contracts and the corresponding presentation and disclosures in the Company’s Financial Statements and MD&A.

In November 2018, the IASB tentatively decided to defer the effective date of IFRS 17 by one year. The proposed deferral is subject to IASB public consultation in 2019 which is expected to result in an exposure draft followed by a public comment period. We will continue to monitor IASB’s future developments related to IFRS 17.

IFRS 17 requires entities to measure insurance contract liabilities on the balance sheet as the total of (a) the fulfillment cash flows – the current estimates of amounts that the entity expects to collect from premiums and pay out for claims, benefits and expenses, including an adjustment for the timing and risk for those amounts; and (b) the contractual service margin – the future profit for providing insurance coverage.

The principles underlying IFRS 17 differ from the Canadian Asset Liability Method (“CALM”) permitted by IFRS 4. While there are many differences, we have outlined two of the key differences:

^∎

Under IFRS 17, the discount rate used to estimate the present value of liabilities is based on the characteristics of the liability, whereas under CALM, as outlined above (“Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Determination of Policy Liabilities – Investment Returns”), we use the rate of returns for current and projected assets supporting the policy liabilities to value the liabilities. The difference in the discount rate approach also impacts the timing of investment-related experience earnings emergence. As outlined in the “Performance andNon-GAAP measures” section below, under CALM investment-related experience includes investment experience and the impact of investing activities. The impact of the investing activities is directly related to the CALM methodology. Under IFRS 17 the impact of investing activities will emerge over the life of the new asset.

^∎

Under IFRS 17, new business gains are recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amortized into income as the services are provided. Under CALM, new business gains (and losses) are recognized in income immediately.

The Company is assessing the implications of this standard and expects that it will have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, in certain jurisdictions, including Canada, it could have a material effect on tax and regulatory capital positions and other financial metrics that are dependent upon IFRS accounting values.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 69

Risk Factors

Our insurance, wealth and asset management and other financial services businesses subject Manulife to a broad range of risks. Management has identified the following risks and uncertainties to which our businesses, operations and financial condition are subject. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial could also impair our businesses, operations and financial condition. If any of such risks should occur, the trading price of our securities, including common shares, preferred shares and debt securities, could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Strategic Risk Factors

We operate in highly competitive markets and compete for customers with both insurance andnon-insurance financial services companies. Customer loyalty and retention, and access to distributors, are important to the Company’s success and are influenced by many factors, including our distribution practices and regulations, product features, service levels, prices, and our financial strength ratings and reputation.

We may not be successful in executing our business strategies or these strategies may not achieve our objectives.

^∎

Refer to “Risk Management – Strategic Risk” above.

^∎

The economic environment could be volatile and our regulatory environment will continue to evolve, potentially with higher capital requirements which could materially impact our competitiveness. Further, the attractiveness of our product offerings relative to our competitors will be influenced by competitor actions as well as our own, and the requirements of the applicable regulatory regimes. For these and other reasons, there is no certainty that we will be successful in implementing our business strategies or that these strategies will achieve the objectives we target.

^∎

Macro-economic factors may result in our inability to achieve business strategies and plans. Of note, economic factors such as flat or declining equity markets, equity market volatility, or a period of prolonged low interest rates could impact our ability to achieve business objectives. Other factors, such as management actions taken to bolster capital and manage the Company’s risk profile, including new or amended reinsurance agreements, and additional actions that the Company may take to help manage near-term regulatory capital ratios or help mitigate equity market and interest rate exposures, could adversely impact our longer-term earnings potential.

Our insurance businesses are heavily regulated, and changes in regulation may reduce our profitability and limit our growth.

^∎

Our insurance operations are subject to a wide variety of insurance and other laws and regulations. Insurance and securities regulators in Canada, the United States, Asia and other jurisdictions regularlyre-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies, investment advisors, brokers-dealers and their products. Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof, may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance costs and other expenses of doing business, thus having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

In addition, international regulators as well as domestic financial authorities and regulators in many countries have been reviewing their capital requirements and are implementing, or are considering implementing, changes aimed at strengthening risk management and capitalization of financial institutions. Future regulatory capital, actuarial and accounting changes, including changes with a retroactive impact, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and regulatory capital both on transition and going forward. In addition, such changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s position relative to that of other Canadian and international financial institutions with which Manulife competes for business and capital.

^∎

In Canada, MFC and its principal operating subsidiary, MLI, are governed by the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) (“ICA”). The ICA is administered, and the activities of the Company are supervised, by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”). MLI is also subject to regulation and supervision under the insurance laws of each of the provinces and territories of Canada. Regulatory oversight is vested in various governmental agencies having broad administrative power with respect to, among other things, dividend payments, capital adequacy and risk-based capital requirements, asset and reserve valuation requirements, permitted investments and the sale and marketing of insurance contracts. These regulations are intended to protect policyholders and beneficiaries rather than investors and may adversely impact shareholder value.

^∎

Some recent examples of regulatory and professional standard developments, in addition to the developments outlined in the “Risk Management – Regulatory Updates” section above, which could impact our net income attributed to shareholders and/or capital position are provided below.

^¡

The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) has been reviewing reserving and capital methodologies as well as the overall risk management framework. These reviews will affect U.S. life insurers, including John Hancock, and

70 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

could lead to increased reserving and/or capital requirements for our business in the U.S. In addition, the NAIC is continuing to explore the development of a group capital calculation tool; however, the scope of any such tool has not yet been determined.

^∎

The Actuarial Standards Board (“ASB”) promulgates certain assumptions referenced in the CIA Standards of Practice for the valuation of insurance contract liabilities. These promulgations are updated periodically and in the event that new promulgations are published, they will apply to the determination of actuarial liabilities and may lead to an increase in actuarial liabilities and a reduction in net income attributed to shareholders.

^∎

In the United States, state insurance laws regulate most aspects of our business, and our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled and the states in which they are licensed. State laws grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things: licensing companies and agents to transact business; calculating the value of assets to determine compliance with statutory requirements; mandating certain insurance benefits; regulating certain premium rates; reviewing and approving policy forms; regulating unfair trade and claims practices, including through the imposition of restrictions on marketing and sales practices, distribution arrangements and payment of inducements; regulating advertising; protecting privacy; establishing statutory capital and reserve requirements and solvency standards; fixing maximum interest rates on insurance policy loans and minimum rates for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts; approving changes in control of insurance companies; restricting the payment of dividends and other transactions between affiliates; and regulating the types, amounts and valuation of investments. Changes in any such laws and regulations, or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof by regulators, could significantly affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

Currently, the U.S. federal government does not directly regulate the business of insurance. However, federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas can significantly and adversely affect state regulated insurance companies. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, pension regulation, privacy, tort reform legislation and taxation. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), the U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve has supervisory powers overnon-bank financial companies that are determined to be systemically important. For further discussion on Dodd-Frank, refer to the risk factor entitled “Dodd-Frank adversely impacts our results of operations and our liquidity”.

^∎

Insurance guaranty associations in Canada and the United States have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their jurisdiction for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, the liabilities that we have currently established for these potential liabilities may not be adequate.

^∎

While many of the laws and regulations to which we are subject are intended to protect policyholders, beneficiaries, depositors and investors in our products and services, others also set standards and requirements for the governance of our operations. Failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in financial penalties or sanctions, and damage our reputation.

^∎

From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of Manulife that could have a material adverse impact on us. We cannot predict whether or when regulatory actions may be taken that could adversely affect our operations. For further discussion of government regulation and legal proceedings refer to “Government Regulation” in MFC’s Annual Information Form dated February 13, 2019 and note 18 of the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to the risk factor “Ournon-North American operations face political, legal, operational and other risks that could negatively affect those operations or our results of operations and financial condition” for further discussion on the impact to our operations.

Dodd-Frank adversely impacts our results of operations and our liquidity.

^∎

Dodd-Frank establishes a framework for regulation ofover-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives which affects activities of the Company that use derivatives for various purposes, including hedging equity market, interest rate and foreign currency exposures. Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and proposed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under Dodd-Frank require certain types of OTC derivative transactions to be cleared through a regulated clearinghouse, and a subset of such transactions to be executed through a centralized exchange or regulated facility. These CFTC rules impose, and the SEC rules may impose, additional costs on the Company.

^∎

Both cleared andnon-cleared derivative transactions are now subject to margin requirements under Dodd-Frank. Cleared derivatives transactions are subject to daily initial margin, and variation margin requirements imposed by the clearinghouse, while ournon-cleared derivatives are subject to daily variation margin requirements. These margin requirements impose costs and increase liquidity risk for the Company. These margin requirements combined with the more restricted list of securities that qualify as eligible collateral for both cleared andnon-cleared derivatives require us to hold larger positions in cash and treasuries, which could reduce net income attributed to shareholders.

^∎

In-force OTC derivative transactions are grandfathered and will migrate to clearinghouses over time, or the Company may elect to accelerate the migration. As such, this may not become a significant risk for Manulife until a large portion of our derivatives have transitioned to clearinghouses (expected in the 2021 to 2023 timeframe) and market conditions adverse to liquidity (material increases in interest rates and/or equity markets) have been experienced. However, in certain situations such as ratings downgrade, our counterparties may be able to accelerate the transition by exercising any potential rights to terminate the contract. Some OTC derivative contracts also give Manulife and its counterparties the right to cancel the contract after specific dates. Any such cancellation by our counterparties could accelerate the transition to clearing.

^∎

Manulife has been closely monitoring the evolving regulations and industry trends pertaining to these requirements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 71

International Financial Reporting Standards will have a material impact on our financial results.

^∎

As outlined in the Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies section above, the IASB issued a new accounting standard for insurance contracts in 2017, with an effective date of 2021 (in November 2018, the IASB tentatively decided to defer the effective date of IFRS 17 by one year). Until this standard is effective, IFRS does not currently prescribe an insurance contract measurement model and therefore, as permitted by IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts”, insurance contract liabilities continue to be measured using CALM. Under CALM, the measurement of actuarial liabilities is based on projected liability cash flows, together with estimated future premiums and net investment income generated from assets held to support those liabilities. A summary of some of the key changes are outlined in the “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies – Future Accounting and Reporting Changes” section above.

^∎

The standard could create material volatility in our financial results and capital position; and could result in a lower discount rate used for the determination of actuarial liabilities, thereby increasing our actuarial liabilities and reducing our equity. The Company’s capital position (see note below) and income for accounting purposes could be significantly influenced by prevailing market conditions, resulting in volatility of reported results, that may necessitate changes to business strategies. The standard requires that margins created from the sale of new business are deferred in full, eliminating accounting gains at the time of sale. Note: The regulatory capital framework in Canada is currently aligned with IFRS. In Canada, OSFI will decide on the appropriate recognition of the accounting outcomes within the regulatory capital framework.

^∎

Additionally, other jurisdictions may not adopt the standard as issued or on the same timeline as published by the IASB, and there is a possibility that Canada will be the first to adopt the standard. Adopting the standard in Canada before it is adopted elsewhere could increase our cost of capital compared with global competitors and the banking sector in Canada.

^∎

Any mismatch between the underlying economics of our business and the new accounting standard could have significant unintended negative consequences on our business model; and potentially affect our customers, shareholders and the capital markets.

Changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations could make some of our products less attractive to consumers, could increase our corporate taxes or cause us to change the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as our tax assumptions included in the valuation of our policy liabilities. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

Many of the products that the Company sells benefit from one or more forms of preferred tax treatment under current income tax regimes. For example, the Company sells life insurance policies that benefit from the deferral or elimination of taxation on earnings accrued under the policy, as well as permanent exclusion of certain death benefits that may be paid to policyholders’ beneficiaries. We also sell annuity contracts that allow the policyholders to defer the recognition of taxable income earned within the contract. Other products that the Company sells, such as certain employer-paid health and dental plans, also enjoy similar, as well as other, types of tax advantages. The Company also benefits from certain tax benefits, includingtax-exempt interest, dividends-received deductions, tax credits (such as foreign tax credits), and favourable tax rates and/or income measurement rules for tax purposes.

^∎

There is risk that tax legislation could be enacted that would lessen or eliminate some or all of the tax advantages currently benefiting the Company or its policyholders or its other clients. This could occur in the context of deficit reduction or other tax reforms. The effects of any such changes could result in materially lower product sales, lapses of policies currently held, and/or our incurrence of materially higher corporate taxes, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

Additionally, the Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes or carrying amount of deferred tax assets or liabilities if the characterization of certain items is successfully challenged by taxing authorities or if future transactions or events, which could include changes in tax laws, tax regulations or interpretations of such laws or regulations, occur. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the year these changes occur.

^∎

The U.S. government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act effective January 1, 2018 (“U.S. Tax Reform”). The legislation makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code including reducing individual and corporate tax rates and permitting expensing of many capital expenditures. In addition, the law limits the deductibility of policy reserves for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Regulations and further guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and other bodies continues to be developed and released, implementing and/or clarifying the legislation. Any further changes or amendments to the law or its interpretation could result in material change to our tax balances.

^∎

In the long run, U.S. Tax Reform, all else being equal, could lead to a reduction in corporate borrowings and lower borrowings could lead to tighter spreads.

Access to capital may be negatively impacted by market conditions.

^∎

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the financial markets may limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to satisfy regulatory capital requirements, to access the capital necessary to grow our business and meet our refinancing requirements. Under extreme conditions, we may be forced, among other things, to delay raising capital, issue different types of capital than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital, issue shorter term securities than we prefer, or issue securities that bear an unattractive cost of capital which could decrease our profitability, dilute our existing shareholders, and significantly reduce our financial flexibility.

We may experience future downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings, which may materially adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

^∎

Credit rating agencies publish financial strength ratings on life insurance companies that are indicators of an insurance company’s ability to meet contract holder and policyholder obligations. Credit rating agencies also assign credit ratings, which are indicators of

72 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

an issuer’s ability to meet the terms of its obligations in a timely manner and are important factors in a company’s overall funding profile and ability to access external capital.

^∎

Ratings are important factors in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies, maintaining public confidence in products being offered, and determining the cost of capital. A ratings downgrade, or the potential for such a downgrade could, among other things: increase our cost of capital and limit our access to the capital markets; cause some of our existing liabilities to be subject to acceleration, additional collateral support, changes in terms, or additional financial obligations; result in the termination of our relationships with broker-dealers, banks, agents, wholesalers and other distributors of our products and services; unfavourably impact our ability to execute on our hedging strategies; materially increase the number of surrenders, for all or a portion of the net cash values, by the owners of policies and contracts we have issued, and materially increase the number of withdrawals by policyholders of cash values from their policies; and reduce new sales. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

Credit rating agencies noted risks with respect to: our capital and net earnings volatility associated with fair-value accounting; net residual exposures to equity markets and lower interest rates; challenges associated with managingin-force long-term care, universal life with secondary guarantees and variable annuity products in the U.S.; relatively high proportion of holdings in equities and alternative long-duration assets within our investment mix; as well as elevated financial leverage. There can be no guarantee that downgrades will not occur.

^∎

It is possible that there will be changes in the benchmarks for capital, liquidity, earnings and other factors used by these credit rating agencies that are important to a ratings assignment at a particular rating level. Any such changes could have a negative impact on our ratings, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and access to capital markets.

Competitive factors may adversely affect our market share and profitability.

^∎

The insurance, wealth and asset management industries are highly competitive. Our competitors include other insurers, securities firms, investment advisors, mutual funds, banks and other financial institutions. Financial service firms which rely heavily on technology-driven business models (e.g. fintech and insurtech firms) are also increasingly becoming potential competitors. Our competitors compete with us for customers, access to distribution channels such as brokers and independent agents, and for employees. In some cases, competitors may be subject to less onerous regulatory requirements, have lower operating costs or have the ability to absorb greater risk while maintaining their financial strength ratings, thereby allowing them to price their products more competitively or offer features that make their products more attractive. These competitive pressures could result in lower new business volumes and increased pricing pressures on a number of our products and services that may harm our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. Because of the highly competitive nature of the financial services industry, there can be no assurance that we will continue to effectively compete with our industry rivals and competitive pressure may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may experience difficulty in marketing and distributing products through our current and future distribution channels.

^∎

We distribute our insurance and wealth management products through a variety of distribution channels, including brokers, independent agents, broker-dealers, banks, wholesalers, affinity partners, other third-party organizations and our own sales force in Asia. We generate a significant portion of our business through individual third-party arrangements. We periodically negotiate provisions and renewals of these relationships, and there can be no assurance that such terms will remain acceptable to us or relevant third parties. An interruption in our continuing relationship with certain of these third parties could significantly affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Industry trends could adversely affect the profitability of our businesses.

^∎

Our business segments continue to be influenced by a variety of trends that affect our business and the financial services industry in general. The impact of the volatility and instability of the financial markets on our business is difficult to predict. The Company’s business plans, financial condition and results of operations have been in the recent past and may in the future be negatively impacted or affected.

We may face unforeseen liabilities or asset impairments arising from possible acquisitions and dispositions of businesses or difficulties integrating acquired businesses.

^∎

We have engaged in acquisitions and dispositions of businesses in the past and expect to continue to do so in the future as we may deem appropriate. There could be unforeseen liabilities or asset impairments, including goodwill impairments that arise in connection with the businesses that we may sell, have acquired, or may acquire in the future. In addition, there may be liabilities or asset impairments that we fail, or are unable, to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on acquisition targets. Furthermore, the use of our own funds as consideration in any acquisition would consume capital resources that would no longer be available for other corporate purposes.

^∎

Our ability to achieve some or all of the benefits we anticipate from any acquisitions of businesses will depend in large part upon our ability to successfully integrate the businesses in an efficient and effective manner. We may not be able to integrate the businesses smoothly or successfully, and the process may take longer than expected. The integration of operations may require the dedication of significant management resources, which may distract management’s attention from ourday-to-day business. Acquisitions of operations outside of North America, especially any acquisition in a jurisdiction in which we do not currently operate, may be particularly challenging or costly to integrate. If we are unable to successfully integrate the operations of any

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 73

acquired businesses, we may be unable to realize the benefits we expect to achieve as a result of the acquisitions and the results of operations may be less than expected.

If our businesses do not perform well, or if the outlook for our businesses is significantly lower than historical trends, we may be required to recognize an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets or to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net identifiable assets at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets represent assets that are separately identifiable at the time of an acquisition and provide future benefits such as the John Hancock brand.

^∎

As outlined above, in section “Critical Actuarial and Accounting, Goodwill and Intangibles”, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at least annually for impairment at the cash generating unit (“CGU”) or group of CGUs level, representing the smallest group of assets that is capable of generating largely independent cash flows. Going forward, as a result of the impact of economic conditions and changes in product mix and the granular level of goodwill testing under IFRS, additional impairment charges could occur in the future. Any impairment in in goodwill would not affect LICAT capital.

^∎

If market conditions deteriorate in the future and, in particular, if MFC’s common share price is low relative to book value per share, if the Company’s actions to limit risk associated with its products or investments cause a significant change in any one CGU’s recoverable amount, or if the outlook for a CGU’s results deteriorate, the Company may need to reassess the value of goodwill and/or intangible assets which could result in impairments during 2019 or subsequent periods. Such impairments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

Deferred income tax balances represent the expected future tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities, loss carry forwards and tax credits. Deferred tax assets are recorded when the Company expects to claim deductions on tax returns in the future for expenses that have already been recorded in the financial statements.

^∎

The availability of those deductions is dependent on future taxable income against which the deductions can be made. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business including the ability to generate gains from a variety of sources and tax planning strategies. If based on information available at the time of the assessment, it is determined that the deferred tax asset will not be realized, then the deferred tax asset is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the tax benefit will be realized.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

^∎

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. In particular, we have invested considerable resources in promoting the brand names “Manulife” and “John Hancock” and expect to continue to do so. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets andknow-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability, which represents a diversion of resources that may be significant in amount and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete.

^∎

We also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges our operations or activities infringe upon its intellectual property rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that could be infringed by our products, methods, processes or services. Any party that holds such a patent could make a claim of infringement against us. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, trade secret or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant liability for damages. If we were found to have infringed a third-party patent or other intellectual property rights, we could incur substantial liability, and in some circumstances could be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Applicable laws may discourage takeovers and business combinations that common shareholders of MFC might consider in their best interests.

^∎

The ICA contains restrictions on the purchase or other acquisition, issue, transfer and voting of the shares of an insurance company. In addition, under applicable U.S. insurance laws and regulations in states where certain of our insurance company subsidiaries are domiciled, no person may acquire control of MFC without obtaining prior approval of those states’ insurance regulatory authorities. These restrictions may delay, defer, prevent, or render more difficult a takeover attempt that common shareholders of MFC might consider in their best interests. For instance, they may prevent shareholders of MFC from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of MFC’s common shares offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of MFC’s common shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Entities within the MFC Group are interconnected which may make separation difficult.

^∎

MFC operates in local markets through subsidiaries and branches of subsidiaries. These local operations are financially and operationally interconnected to lessen expenses, share and reduce risk, and efficiently utilize financial resources. In general, external capital required for companies in the Manulife group has been raised at the MFC or MLI level and then transferred to other entities

74 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

as equity or debt capital as appropriate. Other linkages include policyholder and other creditor guarantees and other forms of internal support between various entities, loans, capital maintenance agreements, derivatives, shared services and affiliate reinsurance treaties. Accordingly, the risks undertaken by a subsidiary may be transferred to or shared by affiliates through financial and operational linkages. Some of the consequences of this are:

^¡

Financial difficulties at a subsidiary may not be isolated and could cause material adverse effects on affiliates and the group as a whole.

^¡

Linkages may make it difficult to dispose of or separate a subsidiary or business within the group by way of aspin-off or similar transaction and the disposition or separation of a subsidiary or business may not fully eliminate the liability of the Company and its remaining subsidiaries for shared risks. Issues raised by such a transaction could include: (i) the Company cannot terminate, without policyholder consent and in certain jurisdictions regulator consent, parental guarantees onin-force policies and therefore would continue to have residual risk under any suchnon-terminated guarantees; (ii) internal capital mobility and efficiency could be limited; (iii) significant potential tax consequences; (iv) uncertainty about the accounting and regulatory outcomes of such a transaction; (v) obtaining any other required approvals; (vi) there may be a requirement for significant capital injections; and (vii) the transaction may result in increased sensitivity of net income attributed to shareholders and capital of MFC and its remaining subsidiaries to market declines.

Market Risk Factors

Market risk is the risk of loss resulting from market price volatility, interest rate change, credit and swap spread changes, and from adverse foreign currency rate movements. Market price volatility primarily relates to changes in prices of publicly traded equities and alternative long-duration assets.

Liquidity risk, which we manage as a form of market risk, is the risk of not having access to sufficient funds or liquid assets to meet both expected and unexpected cash outflows and collateral demand. We are exposed to liquidity risk in each of our operating companies and in our holding company. In the operating companies, expected cash and collateral demands ariseday-to-day to fund anticipated policyholder benefits, withdrawals of customer deposit balances, reinsurance settlements, derivative instrument settlements/collateral pledging, expenses, investment and hedging activities. Under stressed conditions, unexpected cash and collateral demands could arise primarily from a change in the level of policyholders either terminating policies with large cash surrender values or not renewing them when they mature, withdrawals of customer deposit balances, borrowers renewing or extending their loans when they mature, derivative settlements or collateral demands, and reinsurance settlements or collateral demands.

Our most significant source of publicly traded equity risk arises from variable annuity and segregated funds with guarantees, where the guarantees are linked to the performance of the underlying funds.

^∎

Publicly traded equity performance risk arises from a variety of sources, including guarantees associated with variable annuity and segregated fund products, asset based fees, and investments in publicly traded equities.

^∎

Guaranteed benefits are contingent and payable upon death, maturity, permitted withdrawal or annuitization. If equity markets decline or even if they increase by an amount lower than that assumed in our actuarial valuation, additional liabilities may need to be established to cover the contingent liabilities, resulting in a reduction in net income attributed to shareholders and regulatory capital ratios. Further, if equity markets do not recover to the amount of the guarantees, by the dates the liabilities are due, the accrued liabilities will need to be paid out in cash. In addition, sustained flat or declining public equity markets would likely reduce asset based fee revenues related to variable annuities and segregated funds with guarantees and related to other wealth and insurance products.

^∎

Where publicly traded equity investments are used to support policy liabilities, the policy valuation incorporates projected investment returns on these assets. If actual returns are lower than the expected returns, the investment losses will reduce net income attributed to shareholders.

^∎

For products where the investment strategy applied to future cash flows in the policy valuation includes investing a specified portion of future cash flows in publicly traded equities, a decline in the value of publicly traded equities relative to other assets could require us to change the investment mix assumed for future cash flows, which may increase policy liabilities and reduce net income attributed to shareholders. A reduction in the outlook for expected future returns for publicly traded equities, which could result from a fundamental change in future expected economic growth, would increase policy liabilities and reduce net income attributed to shareholders. Furthermore, to the extent publicly traded equities are held as AFS, other than temporary impairments that arise will reduce income.

^∎

Expected long-term annual market growth assumptions for public equities for key markets are based on long-term historical observed experience. See Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies for the rates used in the stochastic valuation of our segregated fund guarantee business. The calibration of the economic scenario generators that are used to value segregated fund guarantee business complies with current CIA Standards of Practice for the valuation of these products. Implicit margins, determined through stochastic valuation processes, lower net yields used to establish policy liabilities. Assumptions used for public equities backing liabilities are also developed based on historical experience but are constrained by different CIA Standards of Practice and differ slightly from those used in stochastic valuation. Alternative asset return assumptions vary based on asset class but are largely consistent, after application of valuation margins and differences in taxation, with returns assumed for public equities.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation ��| 2018 Annual Report 75

We experience interest rate and spread risk within the general fund primarily due to the uncertainty of future returns on investments.

^∎

Interest rate and spread risk arises from general fund guaranteed benefit products, general fund adjustable benefit products with minimum rate guarantees, general fund products with guaranteed surrender values, segregated fund products with minimum benefit guarantees and from surplus fixed income investments. The risk arises within the general fund primarily due to the uncertainty of future returns on investments to be made as assets mature and as recurring premiums are received and invested or reinvested to support longer dated liabilities. Interest rate risk also arises due to minimum rate guarantees and guaranteed surrender values on products where investment returns are generally passed through to policyholders. A rapid rise in interest rates may also result in losses attributable to early liquidation of fixed income instruments supporting contractual surrender benefits, if customers surrender to take advantage of higher interest rates on offer elsewhere. In order to reduce interest rate risk, the duration of fixed income investments is managed by entering into interest rate hedges.

^∎

The valuation of policy liabilities reflects assumptions for the yield on future investments and the projected cash flows associated with interest rate hedges. A general decline in interest rates, without a change in corporate bond spreads and swap spreads, will reduce the assumed yield on future investments but favourably impact the value of lengthening interest rate hedges. Conversely, a general increase in interest rates, without a change in corporate bond spreads and swap spreads, will increase the assumed yield on future investments, but unfavourably impact the value of lengthening interest rate hedges. The Company’s disclosed estimated impact from interest rate movements reflects a parallel increase and decrease in interest rates of specific amounts. The reinvestment assumptions used in the valuation of our insurance liabilities are based on interest rate scenarios and calibration criteria set by the Actuarial Standards Board, while our interest rate hedges are valued using current market interest rates. Therefore, in any particular quarter, changes to the reinvestment assumptions are not fully aligned to changes in current market interest rates especially when there is a significant change in the shape of the interest rate curve. As a result, the impact fromnon-parallel movements may be different from the estimated impact of parallel movements. Furthermore, changes in interest rates could change the reinvestment scenarios used in the calculation of our actuarial liabilities. The reinvestment scenario changes tend to amplify the negative effects of a decrease in interest rates and dampen the positive effects of interest rate increases. In addition, decreases in corporate bond spreads or increases in swap spreads should generally result in an increase in policy liabilities and a reduction in net income attributed to shareholders, while an increase in corporate bond spreads or a decrease in swap spreads should generally have the opposite impact. The impact of changes in interest rates and in spreads may be partially offset by changes to credited rates on adjustable products that pass-through investment returns to policyholders.

^∎

For segregated fund and variable annuity products, a sustained increase in interest rate volatility or a decline in interest rates would also likely increase the costs of hedging the benefit guarantees provided.

We experience ALDA performance risk when actual returns are lower than expected returns.

^∎

ALDA performance risk arises from general fund investments in commercial real estate, timber properties, farmland properties, infrastructure, oil and gas properties, and private equities.

^∎

Where these assets are used to support policy liabilities, the policy valuation incorporates projected investment returns on these assets. ALDA assumptions vary by asset class and generally have a similar impact on policy liabilities as public equities would. If actual returns are lower than the expected returns, there will be a negative impact to the net income attributed to shareholders. A reduction in the outlook for expected future returns for ALDA, which could result from a variety of factors such as a fundamental change in future expected economic growth or declining risk premiums due to increased competition for such assets, would increase policy liabilities and reduce net income attributed to shareholders. Further, if returns on certain external asset benchmarks used to determine permissible assumed returns under the CIA Standards of Practice are lower than expected, the Company’s policy liabilities will increase, reducing net income attributed to shareholders.

^∎

In recent periods, the value of oil and gas assets has been negatively impacted by the decline in energy prices and could be further adversely affected by additional declines in energy prices as well as by a number of other factors including production declines, uncertainties associated with estimating oil and natural gas reserves, difficult economic conditions and geopolitical events. Changes in government regulation of the oil and gas industry, including environmental regulation, carbon taxes and changes in the royalty rates resulting from provincial royalty reviews, could also adversely affect the value of our oil and gas investments.

^∎

Difficult economic conditions could result in higher vacancy, lower rental rates and lower demand for real estate investments, all of which would adversely impact the value of our real estate investments. Difficult economic conditions could also prevent companies in which we have made private equity investments from achieving their business plans and could cause the value of these investments to fall, or even cause the companies to fail. Declining valuation multiples in the public equity market would also likely cause values to decline in our private equity portfolio. The timing and amount of investment income from private equity investments is difficult to predict, and investment income from these investments can vary from quarter to quarter.

^∎

Our timberland and farmland holdings are exposed to natural risks, such as prolonged drought, wildfires, insects, windstorms, flooding, and climate change. We are generally not insured for these types of risks but seek to mitigate their impact through portfolio diversification and prudent operating practices.

^∎

More broadly, a rising interest rate environment could result in the value of some of our ALDA investments declining, particularly those with fixed contractual cash flows such as real estate.

^∎

The negative impact of changes in these factors can take time to be fully reflected in the valuations of private investments, including ALDA, especially if the change is large and rapid, as market participants adjust their forecasts and better understand the potential medium to long-term impact of such changes. As a result, valuation changes in any given period may reflect the delayed impact of events that occurred in prior periods.

76 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

^∎

We rely on a diversified portfolio of ALDA assets to generate relatively stable investment returns. Diversification benefits may be reduced at times, especially during a period of economic stress, which would adversely affect portfolio returns.

^∎

The Company determines investment return assumptions for ALDA in accordance with the Standards of Practice for the valuation of insurance contract liabilities and guidance published by the CIA. The guidance requires that the investment return assumption for these assets should not be higher than the historical long-term average returns of an appropriate broad-based index. Where such experience is not available, the investment return assumption for these assets should not result in a lower reserve than an assumption based on a historical-return benchmark for public equities in the same jurisdiction. As a result, the impact of changes in the historical returns for public equity benchmarks may result in an update to our investment return assumptions for ALDA.

Our liabilities are valued based on an assumed asset investment strategy over the long term.

^∎

We develop an investment strategy for the assets that back our liabilities. The strategy involves making assumptions on the kind of assets in which we will invest and the returns such assets will generate.

^∎

We may not be able to implement our investment strategy as intended due to a lack of assets available at the returns we assume. This may result in a change in investment strategy and/or assumed future returns, thus adversely impacting our financial results.

^∎

From time to time we may decide to adjust our portfolio asset mix which may result in adverse impacts to our financial results for one or more periods. On December 22, 2017, we announced our decision to reduce the allocation to ALDA in our portfolio asset mix resulting in a charge to net income attributed to shareholders in 4Q17 of approximately $1 billionpost-tax.

We experience foreign exchange risk as a substantial portion of our business is transacted in currencies other than Canadian dollars.

^∎

Our financial results are reported in Canadian dollars. A substantial portion of our business is transacted in currencies other than Canadian dollars, mainly U.S. dollars, Hong Kong dollars and Japanese yen. If the Canadian dollar strengthens relative to these currencies, net income attributed to shareholders would decline and our reported shareholders’ equity would decline. A weakening of the Canadian dollar against the foreign currencies in which we do business would have the opposite effect and would increase net income attributed to shareholders and shareholders’ equity.

The Company’s hedging strategies will not fully reduce the market risks related to the product guarantees and fees being hedged, hedging costs may increase and the hedging strategies expose the Company to additional risks.

^∎

The Company’s market risk hedging strategies include a variable annuity guarantee dynamic hedging strategy and a macro equity risk hedging strategy. The variable annuity dynamic hedging strategy is designed to hedge the sensitivity of variable annuity guarantee policy liabilities to fund performance (both public equity and bond funds) and interest rate movements. The macro equity risk hedging strategy is designed to hedge a portion of our earnings sensitivity to public equity market movements arising from variable annuity guarantees not dynamically hedged and directly held exposures. Some of the limitations and risks associated with each strategy are described below.

^∎

Our hedging strategies rely on the execution of derivative transactions in a timely manner. Therefore, hedging costs and the effectiveness of the strategy may be negatively impacted if markets for these instruments become illiquid. The Company is subject to the risk of increased funding and collateral demands which may become significant as equity markets increase.

^∎

The Company is also subject to counterparty risks arising from the derivative instruments and to the risk of increased funding and collateral demands which may become significant as equity markets and interest rates increase. The strategies are highly dependent on complex systems and mathematical models that are subject to error and rely on forward-looking long-term assumptions that may prove inaccurate, and which rely on sophisticated infrastructure and personnel which may fail or be unavailable at critical times. Due to the complexity of the strategies, there may be additional unidentified risks that may negatively impact our business and future financial results. In addition, rising equity markets and interest rates that would otherwise result in profits on variable annuities will be offset by losses from our hedging positions. For further information pertaining to counterparty risks, refer to the risk factor “If a counterparty fails to fulfill its obligations we may be exposed to risks we had sought to mitigate”.

^∎

Under certain market conditions, which include a sustained increase in realized equity and interest rate volatilities, a decline in interest rates, or an increase in the correlation between equity returns and interest rate declines, the costs of hedging the benefit guarantees provided in variable annuities may increase or become uneconomic. In addition, there can be no assurance that our dynamic hedging strategy will fully offset the risks arising from the variable annuities being hedged.

^∎

Policy liabilities and regulatory required capital for variable annuity guarantees are determined using long-term forward-looking estimates of volatilities. These long-term forward-looking volatilities assumed for policy liabilities and required capital meet the CIA and OSFI calibration standards. To the extent that realized equity or interest rate volatilities in any quarter exceed the assumed long-term volatilities, or correlations between interest rate changes and equity returns are higher, there is a risk that rebalancing will be greater and more frequent, resulting in higher hedging costs.

^∎

The level of guarantee claims returns or other benefits ultimately paid will be impacted by policyholder longevity and policyholder activity including the timing and amount of withdrawals, lapses, fund transfers and contributions. The sensitivity of liability values to equity market and interest rate movements that we hedge are based on long-term expectations for longevity and policyholder activity, since the impact of actual longevity and policyholder experience variances cannot be hedged using capital markets instruments. There is a risk that we may be unable to effectively or economically hedge products which provide for guarantee claims, returns or other benefits.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 77

Changes in market interest rates may impact our net income attributed to shareholders and capital ratios.

^∎

A prolonged low interest rate environment may result in charges related to lower fixed income reinvestment assumptions and an increase in new business strain until products are repositioned for the lower rate environment. Other potential consequences of low interest rates include:

^¡

Low interest rates could negatively impact sales;

^¡

Lower risk-free rates tend to increase the cost of hedging, and as a result the offering of guarantees could become uneconomic;

^¡

The reinvestment of cash flows into low yielding bonds could result in lower future earnings on surplus;

^¡

A lower interest rate environment could be correlated with other macro-economic factors including unfavourable economic growth and lower returns on other asset classes;

^¡

Lower interest rates could contribute to potential impairments of goodwill;

^¡

Lower interest rates could lead to lower mean bond parameters used for the stochastic valuation of segregated fund guarantees, resulting in higher policy liabilities;

^¡

Lower interest rates would also reduce expected earnings onin-force policies, which would reduce core earnings, lower net income attributed to shareholders and may increase new business strain until products are repositioned for the lower rate environment;

^¡

A prolonged low interest environment may also result in the Actuarial Standards Board lowering the promulgated Ultimate Reinvestment Rate (“URR”) and require us to increase our provisions;

^¡

The difference between the current investable returns and the returns used in pricing new business are generally capitalized when new business is written. Lower interest rates result in higher new business strain until products arere-priced or interest rates increase; and

^¡

Fixed income reinvestment rates other than the URR are based on current market rates. The net income sensitivity to changes in current rates is outlined in the section “Interest Rate and Spread Risk Sensitivities and Exposure Measures” above.

^∎

A rapid rise in interest rates may also result in losses attributable to early liquidation of fixed income instruments supporting contractual surrender benefits if customers surrender to take advantage of higher interest rates on offer elsewhere.

With the continued production of LIBOR not guaranteed beyond 2021, the transition to alternative reference rates may adversely impact the valuation of our LIBOR-based financial instruments.

^∎

The Company uses London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) based derivatives for the management of our interest rate risk and is reliant on the continued use of LIBOR as a reference rate in the marketplace. The Chief Executive of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) has announced that, after 2021, the FCA would no longer use its power to persuade or compel panel banks to submit rate information used to determine LIBOR. To address the increased risk that LIBOR may not exist beyond 2021, public / private sector working groups have been formed in major currency jurisdictions to identify alternative reference rate benchmarks in currencies for which LIBOR is quoted. Any transition of LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may adversely affect the valuation of our existing debt securities and derivatives and the effectiveness of those derivatives in mitigating our risks. Furthermore, depending on the nature of the alternative reference rate, we may become exposed to additional risks from new debt or derivative transactions. The nature of these additional risks is yet to be estimated as the alternative reference rates are still being developed and published.

AFS investments are recorded at fair value, but losses arising on those investments may not have been recorded in income.

^∎

Some of our investments are classified as AFS. AFS debt securities are recorded at fair value, but unrealized gains and losses are recorded in a separate component of equity and are not charged to net income attributed to shareholders while they are fully included in the LICAT available capital. Unrealized gains are recorded in net income attributed to shareholders when the related asset is sold. Unrealized losses are recorded in net income attributed to shareholders either when the related asset is sold or when the related asset is considered impaired and the impairment is not considered to be temporary. Should market levels decline, impairments may be judged to be other than temporary and part or all of any unrealized losses may be charged against future income as a result.

^∎

Our valuation of certain financial instruments may include methodologies, estimations and assumptions which are subjective in nature. Changes to investment valuations may arise in the future which materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

The fair value for certain of our investments that are not actively traded is determined using models and other valuation techniques. These values therefore incorporate considerable judgment and involve making estimates including those related to the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

^∎

Significant market disruption could result in rapidly widening credit spreads and illiquidity, volatile markets and for some instruments significantly reduced trading activity. It has been and may continue to be difficult to value certain of our securities if trading is less active and/or market data is harder to observe. Consequently, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation thereby resulting in values which may differ materially from the value at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities as reported within our Consolidated Financial Statements and theperiod-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value that become recognizable in future periods could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

78 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity Risk Factor

Liquidity risk is impacted by various factors, including but not limited to, capital and credit market conditions,re-pricing risk on letters of credit, collateral pledging obligations, and reliance on confidence sensitive deposits.

^∎

Adverse market conditions may significantly affect our liquidity risk.

^¡

Reduced asset liquidity may restrict our ability to sell certain types of assets for cash without taking significant losses. If providers of credit preserve their capital, our access to borrowing from banks and others or access to other types of credit such as letters of credit, may be reduced. If investors have a negative perception of our creditworthiness, this may reduce access to wholesale borrowing in the debt capital markets or increase borrowing costs. Should large and unexpected cash outflows occur, exceeding our worst-case stress testing, we may be forced to sell assets at a loss or raise additional funds at significant cost in order to meet our liquidity needs.

^¡

We are dependent on cash flow from operations, a pool of highly liquid money market securities and holdings of sovereign bonds, near-sovereign bonds and other liquid marketable securities to provide liquidity. We need liquidity to meet our payment obligations including those related to insurance and annuity benefits, cashable liabilities, our operating expenses, interest on our debt, dividends on our equity capital, and to replace maturing and certain callable liabilities.

^¡

Liquid assets are also required to pledge as collateral to support activities such as the use of derivatives for hedging purposes and to cover cash settlement associated with such derivatives. Dodd-Frank has increased the number of derivatives transactions that must be cleared through regulated clearinghouses and has therefore increased our liquidity risk (as such cleared derivatives are subject to both initial margin and variation margin requirements, and a more restrictive set of eligible collateral thannon-cleared derivatives). In addition, variation margin rules fornon-cleared derivatives (including eligible collateral restrictions) have further increased our liquidity risk. The principal sources of our liquidity are cash and our assets that are readily convertible into cash, including insurance and annuity premiums, fee income earned on AUM, money market securities, and cash flow from our investment portfolio. The issuance of long-term debt, common and preferred shares and other capital securities may also increase our available liquid assets or be required to replace certain maturing or callable liabilities.

^¡

In the event we seek additional financing, the availability and terms of such financing will depend on a variety of factors including market conditions, the availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers, lenders or investors could develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects if we incur large financial losses or if the level of our business activity decreases further due to a significant market downturn.

^∎

We are exposed tore-pricing risk on letters of credit.

^¡

In the normal course of business, third-party banks issue letters of credit on our behalf. In lieu of posting collateral, our businesses utilize letters of credit for which third parties are the beneficiaries, as well as for affiliate reinsurance transactions between subsidiaries of MFC. Letters of credit and letters of credit facilities must be renewed periodically. At time of renewal, the Company is exposed tore-pricing risk and under adverse conditions increases in costs may be realized. In the most extreme scenarios, letters of credit capacity could become constrained due tonon-renewals which would restrict our flexibility to manage capital. This could negatively impact our ability to meet local capital requirements or our sales of products in jurisdictions in which our operating companies have been affected. As at December 31, 2018, letters of credit for which third parties are beneficiary, in the amount of $74 million, were outstanding. There were no assets pledged against these outstanding letters of credit as at December 31, 2018.

^∎

Our obligations to pledge collateral or make payments related to declines in value of specified assets may adversely affect our liquidity.

^¡

In the normal course of business, we are obligated to pledge assets to comply with jurisdictional regulatory and other requirements including collateral pledged in relation to derivative contracts and assets held as collateral for repurchase funding agreements. The amount of collateral we may be required to post under these agreements, and the amount of payments we are required to make to our counterparties, may increase under certain circumstances, including a sustained or continued decline in the value of our derivative contracts. Such additional collateral requirements and payments could have an adverse effect on our liquidity. As at December 31, 2018, total pledged assets were $5,041 million, compared with $4,633 million in 2017.

^∎

Our banking subsidiary relies on confidence sensitive deposits and this increases our liquidity risk.

^¡

Manulife Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of our Canadian life insurance operating company, MLI. The Bank is principally funded by retail deposits. A real or perceived problem with the Bank or its parent companies could result in a loss of confidence in the Bank’s ability to meet its obligations, which in turn may trigger a significant withdrawal of deposit funds. A substantial portion of the Bank’s deposits are demand deposits that can be withdrawn at any time, while the majority of the Bank’s assets are first residential mortgages in the form of home equity lines of credit, which represent long-term funding obligations. If deposit withdrawal speeds exceed our extreme stress test assumptions the Bank may be forced to sell assets at a loss to third parties or call the home equity lines of credit.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 79

As a holding company, MFC depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet MFC’s obligations and pay dividends.

^∎

MFC is a holding company and relies on dividends and interest payments from our insurance and other subsidiaries as the principal source of cash flow to meet MFC’s obligations and pay dividends. As a result, MFC’s cash flows and ability to service its obligations are dependent upon the earnings of its subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings and other funds by its subsidiaries to MFC. Substantially all of MFC’s business is currently conducted through its subsidiaries.

^∎

The ability of our holding company to fund its cash requirements depends upon it receiving dividends, distributions and other payments from our operating subsidiaries. The ability of MFC’s insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to MFC in the future will depend on their earnings and regulatory restrictions. These subsidiaries are subject to a variety of insurance and other laws and regulations that vary by jurisdiction and are intended to protect policyholders and beneficiaries in that jurisdiction first and foremost, rather than investors. These subsidiaries are generally required to maintain solvency and capital standards as set by their local regulators and may also be subject to other regulatory restrictions, all of which may limit the ability of subsidiary companies to pay dividends or make distributions to MFC. Such limits, could have a material adverse effect on MFC’s liquidity, including its ability to pay dividends to shareholders and service its debt.

^∎

The potential changes to regulatory capital and actuarial and accounting standards could also limit the ability of the insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions and could have a material adverse effect on MFC’s liquidity and on internal capital mobility, including on MFC’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and service its debt. We may be required to raise additional capital, which could be dilutive to existing shareholders, or to limit the new business we write, or to pursue actions that would support capital needs but adversely impact our subsequent earnings potential. In addition, the timing and outcome of these initiatives could have a significantly adverse impact on our competitive position relative to that of other Canadian and international financial institutions with which we compete for business and capital.

^∎

The payment of dividends to MFC by MLI is subject to restrictions set out in the ICA. The ICA prohibits the declaration or payment of any dividend on shares of an insurance company if there are reasonable grounds for believing: (i) the company does not have adequate capital and adequate and appropriate forms of liquidity; or (ii) the declaration or the payment of the dividend would cause the company to be in contravention of any regulation made under the ICA respecting the maintenance of adequate capital and adequate and appropriate forms of liquidity, or of any direction made to the company by the Superintendent. All of our U.S. and Asian operating life insurance companies are subsidiaries of MLI. Accordingly, a restriction on dividends from MLI would restrict MFC’s ability to obtain dividends from its U.S. and Asian businesses.

^∎

Certain of MFC’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries also are subject to insurance laws in Michigan, New York and Massachusetts, the jurisdictions in which these subsidiaries are domiciled, which impose general limitations on the payment of dividends and other upstream distributions by these subsidiaries to MLI.

^∎

Our Asian insurance subsidiaries are also subject to restrictions in the jurisdictions in which these subsidiaries are domiciled which could affect their ability to pay dividends to MLI in certain circumstances.

^∎

The Company seeks to maintain capital in its insurance subsidiaries in excess of the minimum required in all jurisdictions in which the Company does business. The minimum requirements in each jurisdiction may increase due to regulatory changes and we may decide to maintain additional capital in our operating subsidiaries to fund expected growth of the business or to deal with changes in the risk profile of such subsidiaries. Any such increases in the level of capital may reduce the ability of the operating companies to pay dividends and have a material adverse effect on MFC’s liquidity.

The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is subject to change.

^∎

The holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors of MFC, subject to the preference of the holders of Class A Shares, Class 1 Shares, Class B Shares (collectively, the “Preferred Shares”) and any other shares ranking senior to the common shares with respect to priority in payment of dividends. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors of MFC and is dependent upon the results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and future prospects of, and regulatory and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by MFC and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors of MFC. Although MFC has historically declared quarterly cash dividends on the common shares, MFC is not required to do so and the Board of Directors of MFC may reduce, defer or eliminate MFC’s common share dividend in the future.

^∎

The foregoing risk disclosure in respect of the declaration and payment of dividends on the common shares applies equally in respect of the declaration and payment of dividends on the Preferred Shares, notwithstanding that the Preferred Shares have a fixed rate of dividend.

^∎

See “Government Regulation” and “Dividends” in MFC’s Annual Information Form dated February 13, 2019 for a summary of additional statutory and contractual restrictions concerning the declaration of dividends by MFC.

Credit Risk Factors

Worsening regional and global economic conditions or the rise in interest rates could result in borrower or counterparty defaults or downgrades and could lead to increased provisions or impairments related to our general fund invested assets andoff-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, and an increase in provisions for future credit impairments to be included in our policy liabilities. Any of our reinsurance providers being unable or unwilling to fulfill their contractual obligations related to the liabilities we cede to them could lead to an increase in policy liabilities.

Our invested assets primarily include investment grade bonds, private placements, commercial mortgages, asset-backed securities, and consumer loans. These assets are generally carried at fair value, but changes in value that arise from a credit-related impairment are

80 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

recorded as a charge against income. The return assumptions incorporated in actuarial liabilities include an expected level of future asset impairments. There is a risk that actual impairments will exceed the assumed level of impairments in the future and earnings could be adversely impacted.

Volatility may arise from defaults and downgrade charges on our invested assets and as a result, losses could potentially rise above long-term expected levels. Net impaired fixed income assets were $179 million, representing 0.05% of total general fund invested assets as at December 31, 2018, compared with $173 million, representing 0.05% of total general fund invested assets as at December 31, 2017.

If a counterparty fails to fulfill its obligations we may be exposed to risks we had sought to mitigate.

^∎

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate exposures to public equity, foreign currency, interest rate and other market risks arising fromon-balance sheet financial instruments, guarantees related to variable annuity products, selected anticipated transactions and certain other guarantees. The Company may be exposed to counterparty risk if a counterparty fails to pay amounts owed to us or otherwise perform its obligations to us. Counterparty risk increases during economic downturns because the probability of default increases for most counterparties. If any of these counterparties default, we may not be able to recover the amounts due from that counterparty. As at December 31, 2018, the largest single counterparty exposure without taking into account the impact of master netting agreements or the benefit of collateral held, was $2,269 million (2017 – $2,629 million). The net exposure to this counterparty, after taking into account master netting agreements and the fair value of collateral held, was nil (2017 – nil). As at December 31, 2018, the total maximum credit exposure related to derivatives across all counterparties, without taking into account the impact of master netting agreements and the benefit of collateral held, was $14,320 million (2017 – $16,204 million) compared with $245 million after taking into account master netting agreements and the benefit of fair value of collateral held (2017 – $95 million). The exposure to any counterparty would grow if, upon the counterparty’s default, markets moved such that our derivatives with that counterparty gain in value. Until we are able to replace that derivative with another counterparty, the gain on the derivatives subsequent to the counterparty’s default would not be backed by collateral. The Company reinsures a portion of the business we enter into; however, we remain legally liable for contracts that we had reinsured. In the event that any of our reinsurance providers were unable or unwilling to fulfill their contractual obligations related to the liabilities we cede to them, we would need to increase actuarial reserves, adversely impacting our net income attributed to shareholders and capital position. In addition, the Company has over time sold certain blocks of business to third-party purchasers using reinsurance. To the extent that the reinsured contracts are not subsequently novated to the purchasers, we remain legally liable to the insureds. Should the purchasers be unable or unwilling to fulfill their contractual obligations under the reinsurance agreement, we would need to increase policy liabilities resulting in a charge to net income attributed to shareholders. To reduce credit risk, the Company may require purchasers to provide collateral for their reinsurance liabilities.

^∎

We participate in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms and commercial banks. Collateral, which exceeds the market value of the loaned securities, is retained by the Company until the underlying security has been returned. If any of our securities lending counterparties default and the value of the collateral is insufficient, we would incur losses. As at December 31, 2018, the Company had loaned securities (which are included in invested assets) valued at approximately $1,518 million, compared with $1,563 million at December 31, 2017.

The determination of allowances and impairments on our investments is subjective and changes could materially impact our results of operations or financial position.

^∎

The determination of allowances and impairments is based upon a periodic evaluation of known and inherent risks associated with the respective security. Management considers a wide range of factors about the security and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline, in estimating the appropriate value for the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations in the impairment evaluation process include: (i) the severity of the impairment; (ii) the length of time and the extent to which the market value of a security has been below its carrying value; (iii) the financial condition of the issuer; (iv) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector orsub-sector; (v) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (vi) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vii) our ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value to an amount equal to or greater than cost or amortized cost; (viii) unfavourable changes in forecasted cash flows on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; and (ix) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.

^∎

Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect changes in allowances and impairments as such evaluations warrant. The evaluations are inherently subjective and incorporate only those risk factors known to us at the time the evaluation is made. There can be no assurance that management has accurately assessed the level of impairments that have occurred. Additional impairments will likely need to be taken or allowances provided for in the future as conditions evolve. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances.

Product Risk Factors

We make a variety of assumptions related to the future level of claims, policyholder behaviour, expenses, reinsurance costs and sales levels when we design and price products, and when we establish policy liabilities. Assumptions for future claims are generally based on both Company and industry experience, and assumptions for future policyholder behaviour and expenses are generally based on

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 81

Company experience. Assumptions for future policyholder behaviour include assumptions related to the retention rates for insurance and wealth products. Assumptions for expenses include assumptions related to future maintenance expense levels and volume of the business.

Losses may result should actual experience be materially different than that assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities.

^∎

Such losses could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we periodically review the assumptions we make in determining our policy liabilities and the review may result in an increase in policy liabilities and a decrease in net income attributed to shareholders. Such assumptions require significant professional judgment, and actual experience may be materially different than the assumptions we make. (See “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies” above.)

We may be unable to implement necessary price increases on ourin-force businesses or may face delays in implementation.

^∎

We continue to seek state regulatory approvals for price increases on existing long-term care business in the United States. We cannot be certain whether or when each approval will be granted. For somein-force business regulatory approval for price increases may not be required. However, regulators or policyholders may nonetheless seek to challenge our authority to implement such increases. Our policy liabilities reflect our estimates of the impact of these price increases, but should we be less successful than anticipated in obtaining them, then policy liabilities could increase accordingly and reduce net income attributed to shareholders.

Evolving legislation related to genetic testing could adversely impact our underwriting abilities.

^∎

Current or future legislation in jurisdictions where Manulife operates may restrict its right to underwrite based on access to genetic test results. Without the obligation of disclosure, the asymmetry of information shared between applicant and insurer could increase anti-selection in both new business andin-force policyholder behaviour. The impact of restricting insurers’ access to this information and the associated problems of anti-selection becomes more acute where genetic technology leads to advancements in diagnosis of life-threatening conditions that are not matched by improvements in treatment. We cannot predict the potential financial impact that this would have on the Company or the industry as a whole. In addition, there may be further unforeseen implications as genetic testing continues to evolve and becomes more established in mainstream medical practice.

Life and health insurance claims may be impacted unexpectedly by changes in the prevalence of diseases or illnesses, medical and technology advances, widespread lifestyle changes, natural disasters, large-scaleman-made disasters and acts of terrorism.

^∎

The cost of health insurance benefits may be impacted by unforeseen trends in the incidence, termination and severity rates of claims. The ultimate level of lifetime benefits paid to policyholders may be increased by an unexpected increase in life expectancy. For example, advances in technology could lead to longer lives through better medical treatment or better disease prevention. Policyholder behaviour including premium payment patterns, policy renewals, lapse rates and withdrawal and surrender activity are influenced by many factors including market and general economic conditions, and the availability and relative attractiveness of other products in the marketplace. For example, a weak or declining economic environment could increase the value of guarantees associated with variable annuities or other embedded guarantees and contribute to adverse policyholder behaviour experience, or a rapid rise in interest rates could increase the attractiveness of alternatives for customers holding products that offer contractual surrender benefits that are not market value adjusted, which could also contribute to adverse policyholder behaviour experience. As well, adverse claims experience could result from systematic anti-selection, which could arise from the development of investor owned and secondary markets for life insurance policies, anti-selective lapse behaviour, underwriting process failures, anti-selective policyholder behaviour due to greater consumer accessibility to home-based medical screening, or other factors.

External market conditions determine the availability, terms and cost of reinsurance protection which could impact our financial position and our ability to write new policies.

^∎

As part of our overall risk and capital management strategy, we purchase reinsurance protection on certain risks underwritten or assumed by our various insurance businesses. As the global reinsurance industry continues to review and optimize their business models, certain of our reinsurers have attempted to increase rates on our existing reinsurance contracts. The ability of our reinsurers to increase rates depends upon the terms of each reinsurance contract. Typically, the reinsurer’s ability to raise rates is restricted by a number of terms in our reinsurance contracts, which we seek to enforce. We believe our reinsurance provisions are appropriate at December 31, 2018; however, there can be no assurance regarding the impact of future rate increase actions taken by our reinsurers. Accordingly, future rate increase actions by our reinsurers could result in accounting charges, an increase in the cost of reinsurance, and the assumption of more risk on business already reinsured.

^∎

In addition, an increase in the cost of reinsurance could also adversely affect our ability to write future business or result in the assumption of more risk with respect to policies we issue. Premium rates charged on new policies we write are based, in part, on the assumption that reinsurance will be available at a certain cost. Certain reinsurers may attempt to increase the rates they charge us for new policies we write, and for competitive reasons, we may not be able to raise the premium rates we charge for newly written policies to offset the increase in reinsurance rates. If the cost of reinsurance were to increase, if reinsurance were to become unavailable, and if alternatives to reinsurance were not available, our ability to write new policies at competitive premium rates could be adversely affected.

82 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operational Risk Factors

Operational risk is naturally present in all of our business activities and encompasses a broad range of risks, including regulatory compliance failures, legal disputes, technology failures, business interruption, information security and privacy breaches, human resource management failures, processing errors, modelling errors, business integration, theft and fraud, and damage to physical assets. Exposures can take the form of financial losses, regulatory sanctions, loss of competitive positioning, or damage to our reputation. Operational risk is also embedded in all the practices we use to manage other risks; therefore, if not managed effectively, operational risk can impact our ability to manage other key risks such as credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and insurance risk.

Adverse publicity, litigation or regulatory action resulting from our business practices or actions by our employees, representatives and/or business partners, could erode our corporate image and damage our franchise value and/or create losses.

^∎

Manulife’s reputation is one of its most valuable assets. Harm to a company’s reputation is often a consequence of risk control failure, whether associated with complex financial transactions or relatively routine operational activities. Manulife’s reputation could also be harmed by the actions of third parties with whom we do business. Our representatives include affiliated broker-dealers, agents, wholesalers and independent distributors, such as broker-dealers and banks, whose services and representations our customers rely on. Business partners include, among others, third parties to whom we outsource certain functions and that we rely on to fulfill various obligations.

^∎

If any of these representatives or business partners fail to adequately perform their responsibilities, or monitor its own risk, these failures could affect our business reputation and operations. While we seek to maintain adequate internal risk management policies and procedures and protect against performance failures, events may occur that could cause us to lose customers or suffer legal or regulatory sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, our business, and our results of operations. For further discussion of government regulation and legal proceedings refer to “Government Regulation” in MFC’s Annual Information Form dated February 13, 2019 and note 18 of the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

If we are not able to attract, motivate and retain agency leaders and individual agents, our competitive position, growth and profitability will suffer.

^∎

We must attract and retain sales representatives to sell our products. Strong competition exists among financial services companies for efficient and effective sales representatives. We compete with other financial services companies for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, brand, support services and compensation and product features. Any of these factors could change either because we change the Company or our products, or because our competitors change theirs and we are unable or unwilling to adapt. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient sales representatives to sell our products, our ability to compete and revenues from new sales would suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to complete key projects on time, on budget, and capture planned benefits, our business strategies and plans, and operations may be impaired.

^∎

We must successfully deliver a number of key projects in order to implement our business strategies and plans. If we are unable to complete these projects in accordance with planned schedules, and to capture projected benefits, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

The interconnectedness of our operations and risk management strategies could expose us to risk if all factors are not appropriately considered and communicated.

^∎

Our business operations, including strategies and operations related to risk management, asset liability management and liquidity management, are interconnected and increasingly complex. Changes in one area may have a secondary impact in another area of our operations. For example, risk management actions, such as the increased use of interest rate swaps, could have implications for the Company’s Global Wealth and Asset Management Segment or its Treasury function, as this strategy could result in the need to post additional amounts of collateral. Failure to appropriately consider these inter-relationships, or effectively communicate changes in strategies or activities across our operations, could have a negative impact on the strategic objectives or operations of another group. Further, failure to consider these inter-relationships in our modeling and financial and strategic decision-making processes could have a negative impact on our operations.

Our risk management policies, procedures and strategies may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies, procedures and strategies and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, there is a risk that our policies, procedures and strategies may not be comprehensive. Many of our methods for measuring and managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behaviour or statistics based on historical models. Future behaviour may be very different from past behaviour, especially if there are some fundamental changes that affect future behaviour. As an example, the increased occurrence of negative interest rates can make it difficult to model future interest rates as interest rate models have been generally developed for an environment of positive interest rates. As a result, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation and/or reporting of information regarding markets, clients, client transactions, catastrophe occurrence or other matters publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete,up-to-date or properly evaluated or reported.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 83

We are subject to tax audits, tax litigation or similar proceedings, and as a result we may owe additional taxes, interest and penalties in amounts that may be material.

^∎

We are subject to income and other taxes in the jurisdictions in which we do business. In determining our provisions for income taxes and our accounting fortax-related matters in general, we are required to exercise judgment. We regularly make estimates where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. There can be no assurance that the final determination of any tax audit, appeal of the decision of a taxing authority, tax litigation or similar proceedings will not be materially different from that reflected in our historical financial statements. The assessment of additional taxes, interest and penalties could be materially adverse to our current and future results of operations and financial condition.

Ournon-North American operations face political, legal, operational and other risks that could negatively affect those operations or our results of operations and financial condition.

^∎

A substantial portion of our revenue and net income attributed to shareholders is derived from our operations outside of North America, primarily in key Asian markets. Some of these key geographical markets are developing and are rapidly growing countries and markets that present unique risks that we do not face, or are negligible, in our operations in Canada or the U.S. Our operations outside of North America face the risk of discriminatory regulation, political and economic instability, market volatility and significant inflation, limited protection for, or increased costs to protect intellectual property rights, inability to protect and/or enforce contractual or legal rights, nationalization or expropriation of assets, price controls and exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold into Canadian or U.S. dollars. Failure to manage these risks could have a significant negative impact on our operations and profitability.

^∎

We are currently planning to expand our global operations in markets where we operate and potentially in new markets. This may require considerable management time, as well asstart-up expenses for market development before any significant revenues and earnings are generated. Operations in new foreign markets may achieve low margins or may be unprofitable, and expansion in existing markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions.

We are regularly involved in litigation.

^∎

We are regularly involved in litigation, either as a plaintiff or defendant. These cases could result in an unfavourable resolution and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. For further discussion of legal proceedings refer to note 18 of the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

We are exposed to investors trying to profit from short positions in our stock.

^∎

Short sellers seek to profit from a decline in the price of our common shares. Through their actions and public statements, they may encourage the decline in price from which they profit and may encourage others to take short positions in our shares. The existence of such short positions and the related publicity may lead to continued volatility in our common share price.

System failures or events that impact our facilities may disrupt business operations.

^∎

Technology is used in virtually all aspects of our business and operations; in addition, part of our strategy involves the expansion of technology to directly serve our customers. An interruption in the service of our technology resulting from system failure, cyber-attack, human error, natural disaster,man-made disaster, pandemic, or other unpredictable event beyond reasonable control could prevent us from effectively operating our business.

^∎

While our facilities and operations are distributed across the globe, we can experience extreme weather, natural disasters, civil unrest,man-made disasters, power outages, pandemic, and other events which can prevent access to, and operations within, the facilities for our employees, partners, and other parties that support our business operations.

^∎

We take measures to plan, structure and protect against routine events that may impact our operations, and maintain plans to recover from unpredictable events. An interruption to our operations may subject us to regulatory sanctions and legal claims, lead to a loss of customers, assets and revenues, result in unauthorized disclosures of personal or confidential information, or otherwise adversely affect us from a financial, operational and reputational perspective.

An information security or privacy breach of our operations or of a related third party could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and reputation.

^∎

It is possible that the Company may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all disruptions or privacy and security breaches, especially because the techniques used change frequently, generally increase in sophistication, often are not recognized until launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties, including parties sponsored by hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, and other users of the Company’s systems or third-party service providers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to the Company’s data or that of its customers or clients. We, our customers, regulators and other third parties have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber-attacks, including computer viruses, malicious or destructive code, phishing attacks, denial of service and other security incidents, that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of personal, confidential, proprietary and other information of the Company, our employees, our customers or of third parties, or otherwise materially disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ network access or business operations. These attacks could adversely impact us from a financial, operational and reputational perspective.

84 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

^∎

The Company has an Information Risk Management Program, which includes information and cyber security defenses, to protect our networks and systems from attacks; however, there can be no assurance that these counter measures will be successful in every instance in protecting our networks against advanced attacks. In addition to protection, detection and response mechanisms, the Company maintains cyber risk insurance, but this insurance may not cover all costs associated with the financial, operational and reputational consequences of personal, confidential or proprietary information being compromised.

Competition for the best people is intense and an inability to recruit qualified individuals may negatively impact our ability to execute on business strategies or to conduct our operations.

^∎

We compete with other insurance companies and financial institutions for qualified executives, employees and agents. We must attract and retain top talent to maintain our competitive advantage. Failure to attract and retain the best people could adversely impact our business.

Model risk may arise from the inappropriate use or interpretation of models or their output, or the use of deficient models, data or assumptions.

^∎

We are relying on some highly complex models for pricing, valuation and risk measurement, and for input to decision making. Consequently, the risk of inappropriate use or interpretation of our models or their output, or the use of deficient models, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

^∎

We are continuing to enhance our valuation models and processes across the organization. We do not expect this initiative to result in significant reserve adjustments. However, as we systematically review our models, there could be updates to our assumptions and methodologies that result in reserve changes.

Fraud risks may arise from incidents related to identity theft and account takeovers.

^∎

Policies and procedures are in place to prevent and detect fraud incidents; however, our existing control environment may not be able to mitigate all possible incidents, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and reputation. Policies and procedures are being reviewed to enhance our capabilities to better protect against more sophisticated fraud threats, but we may nevertheless not be able to mitigate all possible incidents.

Environmental risk may arise related to our commercial mortgage loan portfolio and owned property or from our business operations.

^∎

Environmental risk may originate from investment properties that are subject to natural orman-made environmental risk. Real estate assets may be owned, leased and/or managed, as well as mortgaged by Manulife and we might enter into the chain of liability due to foreclosure ownership when in default.

^∎

Liability under environmental protection laws resulting from our commercial mortgage loan portfolio and owned property (including commercial real estate, oil and gas, timberland and farmland properties) may adversely impact our reputation, results of operations and financial condition. Under applicable laws, contamination of a property with hazardous materials or substances may give rise to a lien on the property to secure recovery of the costs of cleanup. In some instances, this lien has priority over the lien of an existing mortgage encumbering the property. The environmental risk may result fromon-site oroff-site (adjacent) due to migration of regulated pollutants or contaminates with financial or reputational environmental risk and liability consequences by virtue of strict liability. Environmental risk could also arise from natural disasters (e.g., climate change, weather, fire, earthquake, floods, pests) or human activities (use of chemicals, pesticides) conducted within the site or when impacted from adjacent sites.

^∎

Additionally, as lender, we may incur environmental liability (including without limitation liability forclean-up, remediation and damages incurred by third parties) similar to that of an owner or operator of the property, if we or our agents exercise sufficient control over the operations at the property. We may also have liability as the owner and/or operator of real estate for environmental conditions or contamination that exist or occur on the property, or affecting other property.

^∎

In addition, failure to adequately prepare for the potential impacts of climate change may have a negative impact on our financial position or our ability to operate. Potential impacts may be direct or indirect and may include business losses or disruption resulting from extreme weather conditions; the impact of changes in legal or regulatory framework made to address climate change; or increased mortality or morbidity resulting from environmental damage or climate change.

Additional Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results

^∎

Other factors that may affect future results include changes in government trade policy, monetary policy or fiscal policy; political conditions and developments in or affecting the countries in which we operate; technological changes; public infrastructure disruptions; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; the possible impact on local, national or global economies from public health emergencies, such as an influenza pandemic, and international conflicts and other developments including those relating to terrorist activities. Although we take steps to anticipate and minimize risks in general, unforeseen future events may have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We caution that the preceding discussion of risks that may affect future results is not exhaustive. When relying on our forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to our Company, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing risks, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and other external and Company specific risks that may adversely affect the future business, financial condition or results of operations of our Company.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 85

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported accurately and completely and within the time periods specified under Canadian and U.S. securities laws. Our process includes controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of December 31, 2018, management evaluated the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as defined under the rules adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Canadian securities regulatory authorities. This evaluation was performed under the supervision of the Audit Committee, the CEO and CFO. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as at December 31, 2018.

MFC’s Audit Committee has reviewed this MD&A and the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements and MFC’s Board of Directors approved these reports prior to their release.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations due to manual controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, assets are safeguarded, and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to ensure that information and communication flows are effective and to monitor performance, including performance of internal control procedures.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 2013 framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that also audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2018. Their report expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No changes were made in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

86 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Performance andNon-GAAP Measures

We use a number ofnon-GAAP financial measures to measure overall performance and to assess each of our businesses. A financial measure is considered anon-GAAP measure for Canadian securities law purposes if it is presented other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles used for the Company’s audited financial statements.Non-GAAP measures include: core earnings (loss); core ROE; diluted core earnings per common share; core earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“core EBITDA”); core EBITDA margin; core investment gains, constant exchange rate basis (measures that are reported on a constant exchange rate basis include percentage growth/decline in core earnings, sales, APE sales, gross flows, core EBITDA, new business value (“NBV”), new business value margin, assets under management, and assets under management and administration (“AUMA”)); assets under administration; expense efficiency ratio; assets under management and administration; assets under management; consolidated capital; embedded value; new business value; new business value margin; sales; APE sales; gross flows; and net flows.Non-GAAP financial measures are not defined terms under GAAP and, therefore, are unlikely to be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers. Therefore, they should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any other financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company’s reporting segments have been reorganized as outlined under the “Manulife Financial Corporation” section at the beginning of the MD&A. In addition, we made the following adjustments to our reporting:

^∎

The definition of the Global Wealth and Asset Management business now includes the Guaranteed Interest Account portion of the Canadian Pension defined contribution business;

^∎

The NBV calculation has been refined for our Canadian segregated fund guarantee business; and

^∎

The calculation of net flows and AUMA now includes the sale ofnon-proprietary products in Canada.

Core earnings (loss) is anon-GAAP measure which we believe aids investors in better understanding the long-term earnings capacity and valuation of the business. Core earnings allows investors to focus on the Company’s operating performance by excluding the direct impact of changes in equity markets and interest rates, changes in actuarial methods and assumptions as well as a number of other items, outlined below, that we believe are material, but do not reflect the underlying earnings capacity of the business. For example, due to the long-term nature of our business, themark-to-market movements of equity markets, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices fromperiod-to-period can, and frequently do, have a substantial impact on the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities and net income attributed to shareholders. These reported amounts are not actually realized at the time and may never be realized if the markets move in the opposite direction in a subsequent period. This makes it very difficult for investors to evaluate how our businesses are performing fromperiod-to-period and to compare our performance with other issuers.

We believe that core earnings better reflect the underlying earnings capacity and valuation of our business. We use core earnings as the basis for management planning and reporting and, along with net income attributed to shareholders, as a key metric used in our short andmid-term incentive plans at the total Company and operating segment level.

While core earnings is relevant to how we manage our business and offers a consistent methodology, it is not insulated from macro-economic factors which can have a significant impact. See “Quarterly Financial Information” below for reconciliation of core earnings to net income attributed to shareholders.

Any future changes to the core earnings definition referred to below, will be disclosed.

Items included in core earnings:

1.	Expected earnings onin-force policies, including expected release of provisions for adverse deviation, fee income, margins on group business and spread business such as Manulife Bank and asset fund management.

2.	Macro hedging costs based on expected market returns.

3.	New business strain and gains.

4.	Policyholder experience gains or losses.

5.	Acquisition and operating expenses compared with expense assumptions used in the measurement of policy liabilities.

Up to $400 million of net favourable investment-related experience reported in a single year, which are referred to as “core investment gains”. This means up to $100 million in the first quarter, up to $200 million on ayear-to-date basis in the second quarter, up to $300 million on ayear-to-date basis in the third quarter and up to $400 million on a full year basis in the fourth quarter. Any investment-related experience losses reported in a quarter will be offset against the netyear-to-date investment-related experience gains with the difference being included in core earnings subject to a maximum of theyear-to-date core investment gains and a minimum of zero, which reflects our expectation that investment-related experience will be positivethrough-the-business cycle. To the extent any investment-related experience losses cannot be fully offset in a quarter they will be carried forward to be offset against investment-related experience gains in subsequent quarters in the same year, for purposes of determining core investment gains. Investment-related experience relates to fixed income investing, ALDA returns, credit experience and asset mix changes other than those related to a strategic change. An example of a strategic asset mix change is outlined below.

^¡

This favourable and unfavourable investment-related experience is a combination of reported investment experience as well as the impact of investing activities on the measurement of our policy liabilities. We do not attribute specific components of investment-related experience to amounts included or excluded from core earnings.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 87

^¡

The $400 million threshold represents the estimated average annualized amount of net favourable investment-related experience that the Company reasonably expects to achievethrough-the-business cycle based on historical experience. It is not a forecast of expected net favourable investment-related experience for any given fiscal year.

^¡

Our average net annualized investment-related experience calculated from the introduction of core earnings in 2012 to the end of 2018 was $493 million (2012 to the end of 2017 was $475 million).

^¡

The decision announced on December 22, 2017 to reduce the allocation to ALDA in the portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses was the first strategic asset mix change since we introduced the core earnings metric in 2012. We refined our description of investment-related experience in 2017 to note that asset mix changes other than those related to a strategic change are taken into consideration in the investment-related experience component of core investment gains.

^¡

While historical investment return time horizons may vary in length based on underlying asset classes generally exceeding 20 years, for purposes of establishing the threshold, we look at a business cycle that is five or more years and includes a recession. We monitor the appropriateness of the threshold as part of our annual five-year planning process and would adjust it, either to a higher or lower amount, in the future if we believed that our threshold was no longer appropriate.

^¡

Specific criteria used for evaluating a potential adjustment to the threshold may include, but are not limited to, the extent to which actual investment-related experience differs materially from actuarial assumptions used in measuring insurance contract liabilities, material market events, material dispositions or acquisitions of assets, and regulatory or accounting changes.

7.	Earnings on surplus other thanmark-to-market items. Gains onavailable-for-sale (“AFS”) equities and seed money investments included in new segregated and mutual funds are included in core earnings.

8.	Routine ornon-material legal settlements.

9.	All other items not specifically excluded.

10.	Tax on the above items.

11.	All tax related items except the impact of enacted or substantively enacted income tax rate changes.

Items excluded from core earnings:

1.	The direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities includes the items listed below.

^¡

The earnings impact of the difference between the net increase (decrease) in variable annuity liabilities that are dynamically hedged and the performance of the related hedge assets. Our variable annuity dynamic hedging strategy is not designed to completely offset the sensitivity of insurance and investment contract liabilities to all risks or measurements associated with the guarantees embedded in these products for a number of reasons, including; provisions for adverse deviation, fund performance, the portion of the interest rate risk that is not dynamically hedged, realized equity and interest rate volatilities and changes to policyholder behaviour.

^¡

Gains (charges) on variable annuity guarantee liabilities not dynamically hedged.

^¡

Gains (charges) on general fund equity investments supporting policy liabilities and on fee income.

^¡

Gains (charges) on macro equity hedges relative to expected costs. The expected cost of macro hedges is calculated using the equity assumptions used in the valuation of insurance and investment contract liabilities.

^¡

Gains (charges) on higher (lower) fixed income reinvestment rates assumed in the valuation of insurance and investment contract liabilities.

^¡

Gains (charges) on sale of AFS bonds and open derivatives not in hedging relationships in the Corporate and Other segment.

2.	Net favourable investment-related experience in excess of $400 million per annum or net unfavourable investment-related experience on ayear-to-date basis.

3.	Mark-to-market gains or losses on assets held in the Corporate and Other segment other than gains on AFS equities and seed money investments in new segregated or mutual funds.

Changes in actuarial methods and assumptions. As noted in the “Critical Actuarial and Accounting Policies” section above, policy liabilities for IFRS are valued in Canada under standards established by the Actuarial Standards Board. The standards require a comprehensive review of actuarial methods and assumptions to be performed annually. The review is designed to reduce the Company’s exposure to uncertainty by ensuring assumptions for both asset related and liability related risks remain appropriate and is accomplished by monitoring experience and selecting assumptions which represent a current best estimate view of expected future experience, and margins that are appropriate for the risks assumed. By excluding the results of the annual reviews, core earnings assist investors in evaluating our operational performance and comparing our operational performance from period to period with other global insurance companies because the associated gain or loss is not reflective of current year performance and not reported in net income in most actuarial standards outside of Canada.

5.	The impact on the measurement of policy liabilities of changes in product features or new reinsurance transactions, if material.

6.	Goodwill impairment charges.

7.	Gains or losses on disposition of a business.

8.	Materialone-time only adjustments, including highly unusual/extraordinary and material legal settlements or other items that are material and exceptional in nature.

9.	Tax on the above items.

10.	Impact of enacted or substantially enacted income tax rate changes.

Core return on common shareholders’ equity (“core ROE”) is anon-GAAP profitability measure that presents core earnings available to common shareholders as a percentage of the capital deployed to earn the core earnings. The Company calculates core ROE using average common shareholders’ equity.

88 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Diluted core earnings per common share is core earnings available to common shareholders expressed per diluted weighted average common share outstanding.

The Company also uses financial performance measures that are prepared on aconstant exchange rate basis, which arenon-GAAP measures that exclude the impact of currency fluctuations (from local currency to Canadian dollars at a total Company level and from local currency to U.S. dollars in Asia). Amounts stated on a constant exchange rate basis in this report are calculated, as appropriate, using the income statement and balance sheet exchange rates effective for the fourth quarter of 2018. Measures that are reported on a constant exchange rate basis include growth in core earnings, sales, APE sales, gross flows, core EBITDA, new business value, new business value margin, assets under management, and assets under management and administration.

Assets under management and administration (“AUMA”)is anon-GAAP measure of the size of the Company. It is comprised of thenon-GAAP measures assets under management (“AUM”), which includes both assets of general account and external client assets for which we provide investment management services, and assets under administration (“AUA”), which includes assets for which we provide administrative services only. Assets under management and administration is a common industry metric for WAM businesses.

Assets under management and administration



As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017
Total invested assets	$	353,664	$	334,222
Segregated funds net assets		313,209		324,307
Assets under management per financial statements		666,873		658,529
Mutual funds		182,219		191,507
Institutional advisory accounts (excluding segregated funds)		102,323		91,115
Other funds		7,658		6,937
Total assets under management		959,073		948,088
Other assets under administration		124,449		123,188
Currency impact		–		66,011
AUMA at constant exchange rates	$	1,083,522	$	1,137,287

Consolidated capitalThe definition we use for consolidated capital, anon-GAAP measure, serves as a foundation of our capital management activities at the MFC level. For regulatory reporting purposes, the numbers are further adjusted for various additions or deductions to capital as mandated by the guidelines used by OSFI. Consolidated capital is calculated as the sum of: (i) total equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) on cash flow hedges; and (ii) liabilities for capital instruments.

Consolidated capital


As at December 31, ($ millions)	2018		2017
Total equity	$	47,151	$	42,163
Add AOCI loss on cash flow hedges		127		109
Add qualifying capital instruments		8,732		8,387
Consolidated capital	$	56,010	$	50,659

Core EBITDAis anon-GAAP measure which Manulife uses to better understand the long-term earnings capacity and valuation of the business on a basis more comparable to how the profitability of global asset managers is generally measured. Core EBITDA presents core earnings before the impact of interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Core EBITDA excludes certain acquisition expenses related to insurance contracts in our retirement businesses which are deferred and amortized over the expected life time of the customer relationship under the CALM. Core EBITDA was selected as a key performance indicator for WAM businesses, as EBITDA is widely used among asset management peers, and core earnings is a primary profitability metric for the Company overall.

Core EBITDA marginis anon-GAAP measure which Manulife uses to better understand the long-term profitability of our Global WAM business on a more comparable basis to how profitability of global asset managers are measured. Core EBITDA margin presents core earnings before the impact of interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization divided by total revenue from these businesses. Core EBITDA margin was selected as a key performance indicator for our Global WAM business, as EBITDA margin is widely used among asset management peers, and core earnings is a primary profitability metric for the Company overall.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 89

Global Wealth and Asset Management


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	2018			2017
Core EBITDA	$	1,498		$	1,426
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs and other depreciation		(301	)		(344	)
Amortization of deferred sales commissions		(98	)		(99	)
Core earnings before income taxes		1,099			983
Core income tax (expense) recovery		(113	)		(167	)
Core earnings	$	986		$	816

Expense efficiency ratio is anon-GAAP measure which Manulife uses to measure progress towards our target to be more efficient. Efficiency ratio is defined aspre-tax general expenses included in core earnings divided by the sum ofpre-tax core earnings andpre-tax general expenses included in core earnings.

Embedded value(“EV”) is a measure of the present value of shareholders’ interests in the expected future distributable earnings onin-force business reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position of Manulife, excluding any value associated with future new business. EV is calculated as the sum of the adjusted net worth and the value ofin-force business. The adjusted net worth is the IFRS shareholders’ equity adjusted for goodwill and intangibles, fair value of surplus assets, the carrying value of debt and preferred shares, and local statutory balance sheet, regulatory reserve, and capital for Manulife’s Asian business. The value ofin-force business in Canada and the U.S. is the present value of expected future IFRS earnings onin-force business less the present value of the cost of holding capital to support thein-force business under the MCCSR framework. The MCCSR framework was replaced by the LICAT framework on January 1, 2018 and LICAT was used to calculate EV as at December 31, 2018. It has been used to calculate quarterly NBV starting January 1, 2018. The value ofin-force business in Asia reflects local statutory earnings and capital requirements. The value ofin-force excludes our Global WAM, Manulife Bank and Property and Casualty Reinsurance businesses.

New business value (“NBV”)is the change in embedded value as a result of sales in the reporting period. NBV is calculated as the present value of shareholders’ interests in expected future distributable earnings, after the cost of capital, on actual new business sold in the period using assumptions that are consistent with the assumptions used in the calculation of embedded value. NBV excludes businesses with immaterial insurance risks, such as the Company’s Global WAM, Manulife Bank and the short-term Property and Casualty Reinsurance businesses. NBV is a useful metric to evaluate the value created by the Company’s new business franchise.

New business value marginis calculated as NBV divided by APE excludingnon-controlling interests. APE is calculated as 100% of annualized first year premiums for recurring premium products, and as 10% of single premiums for single premium products. Both NBV and APE used in the NBV margin calculation are afternon-controlling interests and exclude our Global WAM, Manulife Bank and Property and Casualty Reinsurance businesses. The NBV margin is a useful metric to help understand the profitability of our new business.

Sales are measured according to product type:

For individual insurance, sales include 100% of new annualized premiums and 10% of both excess and single premiums. For individual insurance, new annualized premiums reflect the annualized premium expected in the first year of a policy that requires premium payments for more than one year. Single premium is the lump sum premium from the sale of a single premium product, e.g. travel insurance. Sales are reported gross before the impact of reinsurance.

For group insurance, sales include new annualized premiums and administrative services only premium equivalents on new cases, as well as the addition of new coverages and amendments to contracts, excluding rate increases.

APE sales is comprised of 100% of regular premiums/deposits and 10% of single premiums/deposits for both insurance and insurance-based wealth accumulation products.

Insurance-based wealth accumulation product sales include all new deposits into variable and fixed annuity contracts. As we discontinued sales of new Variable Annuity contracts in the U.S. in 1Q13, subsequent deposits into existing U.S. Variable Annuity contracts are not reported as sales. Asia variable annuity deposits are included in APE sales.

Bank new lending volumes include bank loans and mortgages authorized in the period.

Gross flows is a new business measure presented for our Global WAM business and includes all deposits into mutual funds, college savings 529 plans, group pension/retirement savings products, private wealth and institutional asset management products. Gross flows is a common industry metric for WAM businesses as it provides a measure of how successful the businesses are at attracting assets.

Net flows is presented for our Global WAM business and includes gross flows less redemptions for mutual funds, college savings 529 plans, group pension/retirement savings products, private wealth and institutional asset management products. Net flows is a common industry metric for WAM businesses as it provides a measure of how successful the businesses are at attracting and retaining assets.

90 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Additional Disclosures

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that give rise to obligations fixed by agreement as to the timing and dollar amount of payment.

As at December 31, 2018, the Company’s contractual obligations and commitments are as follows:

Payments due by period

($ millions)

Total

Less than
1 year

1 to 3
years

3 to 5
years

After 5
years

Long-term debt⁽¹⁾

8,672

222

1,093

377

6,980

Liabilities for capital instruments⁽¹⁾

17,763

347

700

708

16,008

Investment commitments

10,372

4,434

3,092

1,789

1,057

Operating leases

575

129

203

150

Insurance contract liabilities⁽²⁾

788,422

9,327

10,863

17,994

750,238

Investment contract liabilities⁽¹⁾

5,473

193

492

476

4,312

Deposits from Bank clients

19,684

15,351

2,147

2,185

Other

4,864

547

3,427

783

107

Total contractual obligations

855,825

30,550

22,017

25,405

778,853

⁽¹⁾

The contractual payments include principal, interest and distributions. The contractual payments reflect the amounts payable from January 1, 2019 up to and including the final contractual maturity date. In the case of floating rate obligations, the floating rate index is based on the interest rates as at December 31, 2018 and is assumed to remain constant to the final contractual maturity date. The Company may have the contractual right to redeem or repay obligations prior to maturity and if such right is exercised, total contractual obligations paid and the timing of payment could vary significantly from the amounts and timing included in the table.

⁽²⁾

Insurance contract liabilities cash flows include estimates related to the timing and payment of death and disability claims, policy surrenders, policy maturities, annuity payments, minimum guarantees on segregated fund products, policyholder dividends, commissions and premium taxes offset by contractual future premiums onin-force contracts. These estimated cash flows are based on the best estimate assumptions used in the determination of insurance contract liabilities. These amounts are undiscounted and reflect recoveries from reinsurance agreements. Due to the use of assumptions, actual cash flows may differ from these estimates (see “Policy Liabilities”). Cash flows include embedded derivatives measured separately at fair value.

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

We are regularly involved in legal actions, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff. Information on legal and regulatory proceedings can be found in note 18 of the 2018 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fourth Quarter Financial Highlights

Profitability

Profitability metrics


As at and for the quarters ended December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018		2017			2016
Profitability:
Net income attributed to shareholders	$	593	$	(1,606	)	$	63
Core earnings^(1),(2)	$	1,337	$	1,205		$	1,287
Diluted earnings per common share ($)	$	0.28	$	(0.83	)	$	0.01
Diluted core earnings per common share ($)⁽¹⁾	$	0.65	$	0.59		$	0.63
Return on common shareholders’ equity (“ROE”)		5.3%		(17.1)%			0.3%
Core ROE⁽¹⁾		12.5%		12.1%			12.9%

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

⁽²⁾	Impact of currency movement on the fourth quarter of 2018 (“4Q18”) core earnings compared with the fourth quarter of 2017 (“4Q17”) was a $36 million favourable variance.

Manulife’s 4Q18 net income attributed to shareholders was $593 million compared with a loss of $1,606 million in 4Q17. Net income attributed to shareholders is comprised of core earnings (consisting of items we believe reflect the underlying earnings capacity of the business), which amounted to $1,337 million in 4Q18 compared with $1,205 million in 4Q17, and items excluded from core earnings, which netted to charges of $744 million in 4Q18 compared with charges of $2,811 million in 4Q17 for a period-over-period decrease in charges of $2,067 million. Net income attributed to shareholders in 4Q18 was higher than in 4Q17 due to thenon-recurrence of a $2.8 billionpost-tax charge in 4Q17 related to the impact of U.S. Tax Reform and the decision to change the portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses, partially offset by the charges in 4Q18 related to the direct impact of equity markets.

The $132 million increase in core earnings compared with 4Q17 was primarily driven by new business growth in Asia, the impact of lower U.S. tax rates, improved policyholder experience, and greater expense efficiency, partially offset by the impact of lower equity markets on seed money investments in new segregated and mutual funds and fee income, and actions to optimize our portfolio. Core earnings in 4Q18 included net policyholder experience gains of $11 millionpost-tax ($13 millionpre-tax) compared with charges of $34 millionpost-tax ($42 millionpre-tax) in 4Q17.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 91

Core earnings by segment is presented in the table below for the periods presented.


For the quarters ended December 31, ($ millions)	4Q18			4Q17
Core earnings⁽¹⁾
Asia	$	459		$	372
Canada		312			273
U.S.		465			463
Global Wealth and Asset Management		231			198
Corporate and Other (excluding core investment gains)		(230	)		(201	)
Core investment gains		100			100
Core earnings	$	1,337		$	1,205

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

In Asia, core earnings were $459 million in 4Q18 compared with $372 million in 4Q17. Core earnings in 4Q18 increased 20%, compared with 4Q17, after adjusting for the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The increase in core earnings was driven by growth in new business.

In Canada, core earnings were $312 million in 4Q18 compared with $273 million in 4Q17. Core earnings in 4Q18 increased 14%, compared with 4Q17. The increase in core earnings reflected improved policyholder experience in our group and individual insurance businesses, the favourable impact of new business from sales of the recently-launched Manulife Par product, and thenon-recurrence of a number of smaller unfavourable items in the prior year.

In the U.S., core earnings were $465 million in 4Q18 compared with $463 million in 4Q17. Core earnings in 4Q18 decreased by 3% compared with 4Q17, including the impact of changes in foreign currency rates, due to the impact of markets on variable annuity core earnings, lower in-force earnings due to the reinsurance transactions and thenon-recurrence of a number of smaller items in 2017, partially offset by the $67 million impact related to lower U.S. tax rates.

In Global Wealth and Asset Management core earnings were $231 million in 4Q18 compared with $198 million in 4Q17. Core earnings in 4Q18 increased 13%, compared with 4Q17. The increase in core earnings was driven primarily by the impact of lower U.S. tax rates. Core EBITDA was $362 million in 4Q18, which was in line with 4Q17.

Corporate and Other core loss excluding core investment gains was $230 million in 4Q18 compared with $201 million in 4Q17. The $29 million unfavourable variance in core earnings was primarily driven by the impact of markets, in 4Q18, on seed money investments in new segregated and mutual funds and the unfavourable impact of lower U.S. tax rates, partially offset by higher investment-related income, lower expenses, lower withholding taxes on future U.S. remittances and release of the 2017 hurricane loss provision.

Investment-related experience was a loss of $30 million in 4Q18 compared with a gain of $118 million in 4Q17. The loss in 4Q18 was driven by lower than expected returns (including changes in fair value) on ALDA, predominantly oil & gas, mostly offset by the favourable impact of fixed income reinvestment activities on the measurement of our policy liabilities. The gains in 4Q17 reflected the favourable impact of fixed income reinvestment activities on the measurement of our policy liabilities and strong credit experience.

The table below reconciles net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings for the periods presented and provides further details for each of the items excluded from core earnings.


For the quarters ended December 31, ($ millions)	4Q18			4Q17
Core earnings	$	1,337		$	1,205
Items excluded from core earnings
Investment-related experience outside of core earnings		(130	)		18
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities (see table below)⁽¹⁾		(675	)		(68	)
Change in actuarial methods and assumptions		–			(33	)
Impact related to U.S. Tax Reform		–			(1,777	)
Charge related to decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses		–			(1,032	)
Restructuring charge⁽²⁾		(63	)		–
Reinsurance transactions and other⁽³⁾		124			81
Total items excluded from core earnings		(744	)		(2,811	)
Net income (loss) attributed to shareholders	$	593		$	(1,606	)

⁽¹⁾	Actual market performance differed from our valuation assumptions in 4Q18, which resulted in a macro hedge experience gain of $25 million. This gain is included in the direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities below.

⁽²⁾	The restructuring charge is described in full in the “Manulife Financial Corporation – Profitability” section at the beginning of the MD&A. The 4Q18 charge of $63 million is an update to the estimated $200 million charge that was reported in the second quarter of 2018.

⁽³⁾

The 4Q18 gain of $124 million includes a gain resulting from external reinsurance transactions partially offset by the charge related to the integration of businesses acquired from Standard Life plc. The 4Q17 gain of $81 million included a gain resulting from an internal legal entity restructuring partially offset by a provision for a legal settlement, Thailand operations restructuring charges and a charge related to the integration of businesses acquired from Standard Life plc.

92 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The gain (charge) related to the direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities in the table above is attributable to:


For the years ended December 31, ($ millions)	4Q18			4Q17
Direct impact of equity markets and variable annuity guarantee liabilities⁽¹⁾	$	(723	)	$	130
Fixed income reinvestment rates assumed in the valuation of policy liabilities⁽²⁾		112			(155	)
Sale of AFS bonds and derivative positions in the Corporate and Other segment		(64	)		40
Risk reduction related items		-			(83	)
Direct impact of equity markets and interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities	$	(675	)	$	(68	)

⁽¹⁾	In 4Q18, losses of $2,362 million from gross equity exposure were partially offset by gains of $1,615 million from dynamic hedging experience and $25 million from macro hedge experience, which resulted in a loss of $723 million.

⁽²⁾

The $112 million gain in 4Q18 for fixed income reinvestment assumptions was driven by the increases in corporate spreads which resulted in an increase in the reinvestment yields on future fixed income purchases assumed in the measurement of policy liabilities partially offset by a decrease in risk-free rates increases in swap spreads that resulted in a decrease in the fair value of our swaps.

Growth

Growth metrics


As at and for the quarters ended December 31, ($ millions, unless otherwise stated)	2018			2017		2016
Asia APE sales	$	1,040		$	884	$	824
Canada APE sales		277			222		302
U.S. APE sales		152			153		159
Total APE sales		1,469			1,259		1,285
Asia new business value		402			319		294
Canada new business value		51			48		41
U.S. new business value		48			16		25
Total new business value⁽¹⁾		501			383		360
Wealth and asset management gross flows ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		26.3			32.2		37.6
Wealth and asset management net flows ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		(9.0	)		3.6		6.5
Wealth and asset management assets under management and administration ($ billions)⁽¹⁾		608.8			609.0		554.1

⁽¹⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” below.

Sales

APE sales were $1.5 billion in 4Q18, an increase of 14% compared with 4Q17. In Asia, 4Q18 APE sales increased 15% compared with 4Q17, with growth across Japan, Hong Kong and Asia Other. 4Q18 APE sales in Japan increased 34% compared with 4Q17, driven by the continued success of the new COLI term product. Hong Kong APE sales increased 8% in 4Q18 compared with 4Q17, driven by growth in our bancassurance channel. Asia Other 4Q18 APE sales increased 4% compared with 4Q17 as higher sales of protection products were partially offset by lower sales of single premium investment-linked products, reflecting market volatility. In Canada, 4Q18 APE sales increased 25% compared with 4Q17, driven by the continued success of our recently-launched Manulife Par product and a large-case group insurance sale. In the U.S., 4Q18 APE sales declined 5% compared with 4Q17 driven by increased competition in the international high net worth segment and actions to maintain margins.

New Business Value was $501 million in 4Q18, an increase of 27% compared with 4Q17. In Asia, NBV increased 23% from 4Q17 to $402 million due to higher sales, scale benefits, and improved product mix. Canada NBV increased 6% as the benefits from the launch of Manulife Par were partially offset by a less favourable business mix in group insurance. U.S. NBV almost tripled due to actions to improve margins and a more favourable business mix.

Wealth and Asset Management net flowswere negative $9.0 billion in 4Q18, compared with positive net flows of $3.6 billion in 4Q17. Net flows in Asia were $1.1 billion in 4Q18, compared with net flows of $2.3 billion in 4Q17, driven by lower gross flows in institutional asset management. Net flows in Canada were negative $0.7 billion in 4Q18 compared with positive net flows of $0.7 billion in 4Q17, driven by lower net flows in retail amid equity market declines and higher redemptions in retirement. Net flows in the U.S. were negative $9.4 billion in 4Q18 compared with positive net flows of $0.6 billion in 4Q17, driven by higher retail redemptions amid the declines in equity markets.

Wealth and Asset Management gross flowswere $26.3 billion in 4Q18, 20% lower than 4Q17, driven by lower retail gross flows across all regions. In Asia, we experienced a decline in money market fund gross flows in mainland China, and in U.S. and Canada we recorded lower gross flows amid equity market declines. Growth in institutional asset management partially offset this decline, with the funding of a custom Liability Driven Investment mandate in Canada and two large mandates in Europe reduced by lower gross flows in mainland China.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 93

Quarterly Financial Information

The following table provides summary information related to our eight most recently completed quarters:


As at and for the three months ended ($ millions, except per share amounts or otherwise stated)	Dec 31, 2018			Sept 30, 2018			Jun 30, 2018			Mar 31, 2018			Dec 31, 2017			Sept 30, 2017			Jun 30, 2017			Mar 31, 2017
Revenue
Premium income
Life and health insurance	$	7,724		$	7,700		$	7,628		$	7,300		$	6,000		$	6,321		$	6,040		$	5,994
Annuities and pensions		(5,892	)		(2,599	)		1,126			1,025			943			922			934			1,056
Net premium income		1,832			5,101			8,754			8,325			6,943			7,243			6,974			7,050
Investment income		3,278			3,481			3,566			3,235			3,579			3,309			3,444			3,317
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities⁽¹⁾		1,113			(3,210	)		(1,615	)		(5,316	)		2,988			(1,163	)		3,303			590
Other revenue		2,291			2,671			2,964			2,502			2,737			2,544			2,872			2,593
Total revenue	$	8,514		$	8,043		$	13,669		$	8,746		$	16,247		$	11,933		$	16,593		$	13,550
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	359		$	1,911		$	1,535		$	1,714		$	(2,123	)	$	1,269		$	1,618		$	1,737
Income tax (expense) recovery		(43	)		(6	)		(246	)		(337	)		424			(13	)		(304	)		(346	)
Net income (loss)	$	316		$	1,905		$	1,289		$	1,377		$	(1,699	)	$	1,256		$	1,314		$	1,391
Net income (loss) attributed to shareholders	$	593		$	1,573		$	1,262		$	1,372		$	(1,606	)	$	1,105		$	1,255		$	1,350
Reconciliation of core earnings to net income attributed to shareholders
Total core earnings⁽²⁾	$	1,337		$	1,539		$	1,431		$	1,303		$	1,205		$	1,085		$	1,174		$	1,101
Other items to reconcile net income attributed to shareholders to core earnings
Investment-related experience in excess of amounts included in core earnings		(130	)		312			18			–			18			11			138			–
Direct impact of equity markets, interest rates and variable annuity guarantee liabilities		(675	)		(277	)		45			50			(68	)		47			(37	)		267
Change in actuarial methods and assumptions		–			(51	)		–			–			(33	)		(2	)		–			–
Charge related to decision to change portfolio asset mix supporting our legacy businesses		–			–			–			–			(1,032	)		–			–			–
Charge related to U.S. Tax Reform		–			124			–			–			(1,777	)		–			–			–
Restructuring charges		(63	)		–			(200	)		–			–			–			–			–
Reinsurance transaction and other		124			(74	)		(32	)		19			81			(36	)		(20	)		(18	)
Net income (loss) attributed to shareholders	$	593		$	1,573		$	1,262		$	1,372		$	(1,606	)	$	1,105		$	1,255		$	1,350
Basic earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.28		$	0.77		$	0.61		$	0.67		$	(0.83	)	$	0.54		$	0.62		$	0.66
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.28		$	0.77		$	0.61		$	0.67		$	(0.83	)	$	0.54		$	0.61		$	0.66
Segregated funds deposits	$	9,212		$	9,424		$	9,872		$	9,728		$	8,421		$	8,179		$	8,544		$	9,632
Total assets (in billions)	$	750		$	748		$	752		$	740		$	730		$	713		$	726		$	728
Weighted average common shares (in millions)		1,980			1,984			1,984			1,983			1,980			1,978			1,977			1,976
Diluted weighted average common shares (in millions)		1,983			1,989			1,989			1,989			1,988			1,986			1,984			1,984
Dividends per common share	$	0.250		$	0.220		$	0.220		$	0.220		$	0.205		$	0.205		$	0.205		$	0.205
CDN$ to US$1 – Statement of Financial Position		1.3642			1.2945			1.3168			1.2894			1.2545			1.2480			1.2977			1.3323
CDN$ to US$1 – Statement of Income		1.3204			1.3069			1.2912			1.2647			1.2712			1.2528			1.3450			1.3238

⁽¹⁾

For fixed income assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities and for equities supporting pass-through products and derivatives related to variable hedging programs, the impact of realized and unrealized gains (losses) on the assets is largely offset in the change in insurance and investment contract liabilities.

⁽²⁾	This item is anon-GAAP measure. See “Performance andNon-GAAP Measures” above.

94 Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Selected Annual Financial Information


As at and for the years ended December 31, ($ millions, except per share amounts)	2018			2017			2016
Revenue
Asia	$	19,687		$	20,690		$	18,737
Canadian		13,637			11,187			11,335
U.S.		639			21,318			18,017
Global Wealth and Asset Management		5,464			5,200			4,928
Corporate and Other		(455	)		(72	)		320

Total revenue	$	38,972		$	58,323		$	53,337

Total assets	$	750,271		$	729,533		$	720,681
Long-term financial liabilities
Long-term debt	$	4,769		$	4,785		$	5,696
Capital instruments		8,732			8,387			7,180
Total financial liabilities	$	13,501		$	13,172		$	12,876

Dividend per common share	$	0.91		$	0.82		$	0.74
Cash dividend per Class A Share, Series 2		1.1625			1.1625			1.1625
Cash dividend per Class A Share, Series 3		1.125			1.125			1.125
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 3⁽¹⁾		0.5445			0.5445			0.7973
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 4⁽¹⁾		0.6536			0.4918			0.2431
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 5		0.9728			0.9728			1.10
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 7		1.078			1.096			1.15
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 9		1.0878			1.0969			1.10
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 11		1.1371			1.00			1.00
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 13		0.9884			0.95			0.95
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 15		0.975			0.975			0.975
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 17		0.975			0.975			0.975
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 19		0.95			0.95			0.95
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 21⁽²⁾		1.40			1.40			1.1411
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 23⁽³⁾		1.2125			1.298			–
Cash dividend per Class 1 Share, Series 25⁽⁴⁾		0.9706			–			–

⁽¹⁾	1,664,169 of 8,000,000 Series 3 Shares were converted, on aone-for-one basis, into Series 4 Shares on June 20, 2016. 6,335,831 Series 3 Shares remain outstanding.

⁽²⁾	On February 25, 2016, MFC issued 16 million of Series 21 Shares and on March 3, 2016, MFC issued an additional 1 million Series 21 Shares pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional Series 21 Shares.

⁽³⁾	On November 22, 2016, MFC issued 19 million ofNon-cumulative Rate Reset Class 1 Shares Series 23. No dividends were paid in 2016.

⁽⁴⁾	On February 20, 2018, MFC issued 10 million ofNon-cumulative Rate Reset Class 1 Shares Series 25.

Differences between IFRS and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards

Manulife’s Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in accordance with IFRS. IFRS differs in certain respects from Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRS”). Until IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” is issued and becomes effective, IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” permits the use of the insurance standard in effect at the time an issuer adopts IFRS. IFRS insurance contract liabilities are valued in Canada under standards established by the Canadian Actuarial Standards Board. In certain interest rate environments, insurance contract liabilities determined in accordance with HKFRS may be higher than those computed in accordance with current IFRS.

IFRS and Hong Kong Regulatory Requirements

Insurers in Hong Kong are required by the Insurance Authority to meet minimum solvency requirements. As at December 31, 2018, the Company’s business that falls within the scope of these requirements has sufficient assets to meet the minimum solvency requirements under both Hong Kong regulatory requirements and IFRS.

Outstanding Common Shares

As at January 31, 2019, MFC had 1,963,710,812 common shares outstanding.

Additional Information Available

Additional information relating to Manulife, including MFC’s Annual Information Form, is available on the Company’s website at www.manulife.com and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Manulife Financial Corporation | 2018 Annual Report 95

Positive
Negative
Uncertain
Constraining
Legalese
Litigous
Readability	7th grade Avg

Manulife Financial (MFC) 40-F2018 FY Annual report (Canada)

Content analysis